TW202130703A - Method for manufacturing patterned liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Method for manufacturing patterned liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202130703A
TW202130703A TW109145046A TW109145046A TW202130703A TW 202130703 A TW202130703 A TW 202130703A TW 109145046 A TW109145046 A TW 109145046A TW 109145046 A TW109145046 A TW 109145046A TW 202130703 A TW202130703 A TW 202130703A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
group
display element
crystal display
alignment
Prior art date
Application number
TW109145046A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
三宅一世
野田尚宏
Original Assignee
日商日產化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商日產化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商日產化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202130703A publication Critical patent/TW202130703A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • C08F20/10Esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F22/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a carboxyl radical and containing at least one other carboxyl radical in the molecule; Salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof
    • C08F22/36Amides or imides
    • C08F22/40Imides, e.g. cyclic imides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F222/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a carboxyl radical and containing at least one other carboxyl radical in the molecule; Salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof
    • C08F222/36Amides or imides
    • C08F222/40Imides, e.g. cyclic imides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F24/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a heterocyclic ring containing oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F283/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • C08F283/04Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers provided for in subclass C08G on to polycarbonamides, polyesteramides or polyimides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G18/00Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • C08G18/06Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/28Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the compounds used containing active hydrogen
    • C08G18/30Low-molecular-weight compounds
    • C08G18/32Polyhydroxy compounds; Polyamines; Hydroxyamines
    • C08G18/3225Polyamines
    • C08G18/3237Polyamines aromatic
    • C08G18/3243Polyamines aromatic containing two or more aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1042Copolyimides derived from at least two different tetracarboxylic compounds or two different diamino compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/1303Apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture of LCDs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1341Filling or closing of cells

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a method for manufacturing, in a simple, low-cost manner, a liquid crystal display element that includes two or three different orientation regions (an in-plane (uniaxial) orientation region, an out-of-plane orientation region, and an inclined orientation region) in the same element. The present invention provides a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element in which at least two regions of an in-plane orientation region, an out-of-plane orientation region, and an inclined orientation region are used as patterns therein. The method includes: a step (A) for forming, on a substrate, a radical generation film that could generate radicals as a result of being irradiated with light; and a step (B) for bringing a liquid crystal composition, which contains liquid crystals and a radical-polymerizable compound, into contact with the radical generation film and for irradiating, while maintaining said state, the liquid crystal composition with light having a peak at 240-400 nm, which is sufficient to cause a polymerization reaction of the radical-polymerizable compound. The radical-polymerizable compound has a function of vertically orienting the liquid crystals as a result of being polymerized. Furthermore, the method includes at least one of requirements (Z1) and (Z2). Requirement (Z1): a step (c) for deactivating the radical generation ability of the radical generation film by irradiating the radical generation film obtained in the step (A) with the light having a peak at 240-400 nm is additionally included between the step (A) and the step (B). Requirement (Z2): the step for irradiating the liquid crystal composition with the light having a peak at 240-400 nm in the step (B) is performed via a photomask.

Description

經圖案化之液晶顯示元件之製造方法Manufacturing method of patterned liquid crystal display element

本發明關於利用低廉且不包含複雜步驟之方法製造面內配向區域、面外配向區域、及傾斜配向區域中之至少2個區域經圖案化之液晶顯示元件的液晶顯示元件之製造方法。The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element in which at least two of the in-plane alignment area, the out-of-plane alignment area, and the oblique alignment area are patterned by using an inexpensive method that does not include complicated steps.

近年,液晶顯示元件廣泛使用於行動電話、電腦及電視的顯示器等。液晶顯示元件具有薄型、輕量、低耗電等特性,今後期待應用於VR(Virtual Reality)、超高精細之顯示器等更多內容。就液晶顯示器的顯示方式而言,已有人提出了TN(扭曲向列,Twisted Nematic)、IPS(面內切換,In-Plane Switching)、VA(垂直對齊,Vertical Alignment)等各種顯示模式,所有模式皆使用將液晶誘導成所期望之配向狀態之膜(液晶配向膜)。In recent years, liquid crystal display elements have been widely used in mobile phones, computers, and TV monitors. Liquid crystal display elements have the characteristics of thinness, light weight, and low power consumption. In the future, they are expected to be used in VR (Virtual Reality), ultra-high-definition displays, and more. As far as the display mode of liquid crystal displays is concerned, various display modes such as TN (Twisted Nematic), IPS (In-Plane Switching), VA (Vertical Alignment), etc. have been proposed. All modes A film (liquid crystal alignment film) that induces the liquid crystal into a desired alignment state is used.

尤其平板PC、智慧手機、智慧TV等具有觸控面板的製品,偏好使用即使觸碰時顯示也不易擾亂的IPS模式,近年來考量改善對比度、改善視野角特性的觀點,逐漸開始採用使用了FFS(邊界電場切換,Frindge Field Switching)的液晶顯示元件、使用了光配向之採用非接觸技術的技術。In particular, products with touch panels such as tablet PCs, smartphones, and smart TVs prefer to use the IPS mode that is not easily disturbed even when touched. In recent years, considering the viewpoint of improving contrast and improving viewing angle characteristics, FFS has gradually been adopted. (Frindge Field Switching) Liquid crystal display elements use optical alignment technology that uses non-contact technology.

但是,FFS存在如下課題:相較於IPS,基板的製造成本高,會發生稱為Vcom偏移之FFS模式特有的顯示不良。又,關於光配向,具有相較於摩擦法,能增大可製造之元件之大小的優點、可大幅改善顯示特性的優點,但可舉出光配向之原理上的課題(若為分解型,則係來自分解物之顯示不良,若為異構化型,則係因配向力不足所致之烙印等)。為了解決該等課題,當下液晶顯示元件製造廠商、液晶配向膜製造廠商正做各種努力。However, FFS has the following problem: Compared with IPS, the manufacturing cost of the substrate is high, and display defects unique to the FFS mode called Vcom shift occur. In addition, with regard to optical alignment, compared to the rubbing method, the size of the device that can be manufactured can be increased, and the display characteristics can be greatly improved. However, the principle of optical alignment can be cited (if it is a decomposition type, It is due to poor display from the decomposition product, if it is an isomerized type, it is due to the imprinting caused by insufficient alignment power, etc.). In order to solve these problems, current liquid crystal display element manufacturers and liquid crystal alignment film manufacturers are making various efforts.

另一方面,近年有人提出利用了零面錨定(亦稱為弱錨定)的IPS模式,據報導藉由使用該手法,相較於以往的IPS模式,可改善對比度並可顯著低電壓驅動(參照專利文獻1)。On the other hand, in recent years, some people have proposed an IPS mode that uses zero-plane anchoring (also known as weak anchoring). It is reported that by using this method, compared with the previous IPS mode, the contrast can be improved and it can be driven at a significantly low voltage. (Refer to Patent Document 1).

具體而言,係於單側基板使用具有強錨定能量之液晶配向膜,而於另一具備產生橫電場之電極的基板側施以使其失去一切液晶之配向約束力的處理,並使用該等來製作IPS模式之液晶顯示元件的方法。Specifically, a liquid crystal alignment film with strong anchoring energy is used on a single-sided substrate, and a treatment is applied to the side of the substrate with electrodes that generate a transverse electric field to lose all the alignment constraints of the liquid crystal, and use this Etc. to produce the method of IPS mode liquid crystal display element.

近年有人使用濃厚聚合物刷等製作出零面狀態,而提出零面錨定IPS模式之技術(例如,參照專利文獻2)。藉由該技術來實現對比度比的大幅改善、驅動電壓的大幅降低。 另一方面,存在響應速度,尤其電壓OFF時之響應速度顯著降低的課題。這是由於驅動電壓變低,相較於通常的驅動方式,以較弱的電場使其響應所致之影響,以及由於配向膜之錨定力極小,故液晶之復原耗費時間所致。 作為解決其之方法,有人提出僅於畫素電極上予以零錨定的方法(例如,參照專利文獻3)。據報導藉此可兼顧亮度的改善與響應速度。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]In recent years, some people have used thick polymer brushes to create a zero-plane state, and a technology of zero-plane anchoring IPS mode has been proposed (for example, refer to Patent Document 2). With this technology, the contrast ratio is greatly improved and the driving voltage is greatly reduced. On the other hand, there is a problem that the response speed, especially the response speed when the voltage is OFF, is significantly reduced. This is because the driving voltage becomes lower, compared with the usual driving method, the response is caused by a weaker electric field, and because the anchoring force of the alignment film is extremely small, the recovery of the liquid crystal takes time. As a solution to this problem, a method of zero anchoring only on the pixel electrode has been proposed (for example, refer to Patent Document 3). It is reported that this can take into account both the improvement of brightness and the speed of response. [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利第4053530號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2013-231757號公報 [專利文獻3]日本特開2017-211566號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent No. 4053530 [Patent Document 2] JP 2013-231757 A [Patent Document 3] JP 2017-211566 A

[發明所欲解決之課題][The problem to be solved by the invention]

使用經因應用途而適當設計之配向膜的話,可進行各種液晶之配向狀態的控制。尤其使用於面內單軸方向具有錨定力之配向膜的話,可獲得面內單軸配向,使用於面外方向具有錨定力之配向膜的話,可獲得面外配向。 另一方面,製作於同一元件內同時具備面內單軸配向區域與面外配向區域之液晶元件係非常困難。這是因為須於同一元件內製作出錨定力大幅不同的區域,為了實現此點,須在液晶元件製作後使任意區域之錨定力變化,或預先於構成元件之基板分別塗布具有不同錨定力之配向膜。關於前者至今仍無報導例,而後者亦因為須於非常細之區域正確地分別塗布,並準備施以配向處理之技術,故在工業化上成為大課題。 若解決如此之技術課題,則可形成於任意區域具有任意配向狀態之液晶元件,可期待應用於光學薄膜、光學特性變調元件等。 本發明係為了解決如上述之課題而成,旨在提供一種液晶顯示元件之製造方法,係藉由於配向膜與液晶之接觸界面誘發化學反應,並於配向膜面內方向之任意區域誘發化學反應,而將界面反應區域之表面能量、錨定能量控制為任意狀態,以簡便且低廉的方法製造在同一元件內具備2個或3個不同配向區域(面內(單軸)配向區域、面外配向區域、及傾斜配向區域)的液晶顯示元件。 [解決課題之手段]If you use an alignment film that is appropriately designed for the application, you can control the alignment state of various liquid crystals. Especially when used for an alignment film with an anchoring force in a uniaxial direction in a plane, an in-plane uniaxial alignment can be obtained, and when an alignment film with an anchoring force in an out-of-plane direction is used, an out-of-plane alignment can be obtained. On the other hand, it is very difficult to manufacture a liquid crystal element having both an in-plane uniaxial alignment region and an out-of-plane alignment region in the same element. This is because it is necessary to make areas with greatly different anchoring forces in the same element. In order to achieve this, the anchoring force of any area must be changed after the liquid crystal element is made, or the substrate of the constituent element must be coated with different anchors in advance. The alignment film of Dingli. As for the former, there are still no reported cases, and the latter has become a major issue in industrialization because it needs to be applied separately in very small areas and prepared to apply the alignment treatment technology. If such a technical problem is solved, a liquid crystal element with an arbitrary alignment state can be formed in any area, and it can be expected to be applied to optical films, optical property modulation elements, and the like. In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present invention aims to provide a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device, which induces a chemical reaction due to the contact interface between the alignment film and the liquid crystal, and induces a chemical reaction in any area in the direction of the alignment film. , And the surface energy and anchoring energy of the interface reaction area are controlled to any state, and it is manufactured in a simple and low-cost method. It has 2 or 3 different alignment areas (in-plane (uniaxial) alignment area, out-of-plane) in the same device Alignment area, and oblique alignment area) of the liquid crystal display element. [Means to solve the problem]

本案發明人等為了解決上述課題而進行努力研究的結果,發現可解決上述課題,而完成了具有下列要旨之本發明。As a result of diligent researches conducted by the inventors of the present application to solve the above-mentioned problems, they found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved, and completed the present invention having the following gist.

本發明包含下列態樣。 [1] 一種液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其特徵為: 包含: 步驟(A):於基板上形成可利用光照射而產生自由基之自由基產生膜的步驟;及 步驟(B):使含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物接觸前述自由基產生膜,邊保持該狀態,邊對前述液晶組成物照射足以使前述自由基聚合性化合物進行聚合反應之於240~400nm具有峰部之光; 前述自由基聚合性化合物藉由進行聚合,而具有使前述液晶垂直地配向的功能; 更包含下列要件(Z1)及(Z2)中之至少一要件,並製造面內配向區域、面外配向區域、及傾斜配向區域中之至少2個區域經圖案化之液晶顯示元件; 要件(Z1):於前述步驟(A)與前述步驟(B)之間更具有步驟(C),係對前述步驟(A)中獲得之前述自由基產生膜照射於240~400nm具有峰部之光,而使前述自由基產生膜之自由基產生能力失活。 要件(Z2):前述步驟(B)之對前述液晶組成物照射於240~400nm具有峰部之光的步驟係介隔光罩進行。 [2] 如[1]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述自由基產生膜係經單軸配向處理之被膜。 [3] 如[1]或[2]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述步驟(B)之對前述液晶組成物照射於240~400nm具有峰部之光的步驟係於無電場下進行。 [4] 如[1]~[3]中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述自由基產生膜具有含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物。 [5] 如[4]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物,於主鏈具有下式(1)表示之結構單元。 [化1]

Figure 02_image003
式(1)中,A表示誘發自由基聚合之有機基。 [6] 如[4]或[5]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述聚合物係選自使用包含含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基之二胺的二胺成分而獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅體、聚醯亞胺、聚脲、及聚醯胺中之至少一種。 [7] 如[5]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述誘發自由基聚合之有機基係下式(3)表示之基。 [化2]
Figure 02_image005
式(3)中,虛線表示與苯環之鍵結,R6 表示單鍵、-CH2 -、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-; R7 表示單鍵、或非取代或經氟原子取代之碳數1~20之伸烷基,該伸烷基之任意之-CH2 -或-CF2 -中之一者以上也可各自獨立地置換為選自-CH=CH-、二價碳環、及二價雜環之基,另外,亦能以下列所列舉之任意基,亦即-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、或-NH-彼此不相鄰為條件而置換為該等基; R8 表示選自式[X-1]~[X-18]、[W]、[Y]及[Z]之式表示之誘發自由基聚合之有機基; [化3]
Figure 02_image007
式[X-1]~[X-18]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S1 及S2 各自獨立地表示-O-、-NR-、或-S-,R表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基、或碳數1~10之烷氧基,R1 及R2 各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、或碳數1~4之烷基; [化4]
Figure 02_image009
式[W]、[Y]、[Z]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S3 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-,Ar表示選自由亦可具有有機基及/或鹵素原子作為取代基之伸苯基、伸萘基、及伸聯苯基構成之群組中之芳香族烴基,R9 及R10 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基、烷氧基、苄基、或苯乙基,為烷基、烷氧基時,R9 及R10 亦可形成環; Q表示下列任一結構; [化5]
Figure 02_image011
式中,R11 表示-CH2 -、-NR-、-O-、或-S-,R表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基,*表示原子鍵; R12 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基或碳數1~10之烷氧基。 [8] 如[6]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的二胺,係具有下式(2)表示之結構的二胺。 [化6]
Figure 02_image013
式(2)中,A1 及A2 各自獨立地表示氫原子或下式(3)表示之基,惟,A1 及A2 中之至少1者表示下式(3)表示之基, E表示單鍵、-O-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-NH-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-COO-、-(CH2 )m -、-SO2 -、或由該等之任意組合構成之2價有機基,m表示1~8之整數。 p表示0~2之整數。p為2時,多個A2 及E各自獨立地具有前述定義。又,p為0時,A1 由下式(3)表示之基構成。 [化7]
Figure 02_image005
式(3)中,虛線表示與苯環之鍵結,R6 表示單鍵、-CH2 -、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-, R7 表示單鍵、或非取代或經氟原子取代之碳數1~20之伸烷基,該伸烷基之任意之-CH2 -或-CF2 -中之一者以上也可各自獨立地置換為選自-CH=CH-、二價碳環、及二價雜環之基,另外,亦能以下列所列舉之任意基,亦即-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、或-NH-彼此不相鄰為條件而置換為該等基; R8 表示選自式[X-1]~[X-18]、[W]、[Y]及[Z]之式表示之誘發自由基聚合之有機基; [化8]
Figure 02_image007
式[X-1]~[X-18]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S1 、S2 各自獨立地表示-O-、-NR-、-S-,R表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基、碳數1~10之烷氧基,R1 、R2 各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~4之烷基; [化9]
Figure 02_image009
式[W]、[Y]、[Z]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S3 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-,Ar表示選自由亦可具有有機基及/或鹵素原子作為取代基之伸苯基、伸萘基、及伸聯苯基構成之群組中之芳香族烴基,R9 及R10 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基、烷氧基、苄基、或苯乙基,為烷基、烷氧基時,R9 及R10 亦可形成環; Q表示下列任一結構; [化10]
Figure 02_image018
式中,R11 表示-CH2 -、-NR-、-O-、或-S-,R表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基,*表示原子鍵; R12 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基或碳數1~10之烷氧基。 [9] 如[1]~[8]中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述自由基聚合性化合物中之至少一種係與液晶具有相容性的於一分子中具有一個聚合性不飽和鍵之化合物。 [10] 如[9]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述自由基聚合性化合物所具有之聚合反應性基選自下列結構。 [化11]
Figure 02_image020
式中,*表示與化合物分子之聚合性不飽和鍵以外之部分的鍵結部位。Rb 表示碳數3~20之烷基,E表示選自單鍵、-O-、-NRc -、-S-、酯鍵及醯胺鍵之鍵結基。Rc 表示氫原子、碳數1~4之烷基,Rb 之烷基表示直鏈、分支、或環狀之烷基。 [11] 如[1]~[10]中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物中,含有將前述自由基聚合性化合物聚合而獲得之聚合物之Tg為100℃以下的自由基聚合性化合物。 [12] 如[1]~[11]中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,更具有下列步驟: 準備具有自由基產生膜之第一基板、與第二基板, 以前述第一基板上之自由基產生膜面對前述第二基板的方式進行配置, 於前述第一基板與前述第二基板之間,填充含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物,藉此製作液晶胞。 [13] 如[12]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述第二基板具有自由基產生膜。 [14] 如[12]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述第二基板係塗覆有具有單軸配向性之液晶配向膜的基板。 [15] 如[14]之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述具有單軸配向性之液晶配向膜係水平配向用之液晶配向膜。 [16] 如[12]~[15]中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,前述具有自由基產生膜之第一基板係具有梳齒電極之基板。 [發明之效果]The present invention includes the following aspects. [1] A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element, characterized by: comprising: Step (A): forming a radical generating film capable of generating free radicals by light irradiation on a substrate; and Step (B): containing The liquid crystal composition of the liquid crystal and the radical polymerizable compound is in contact with the radical generating film, while maintaining the state, the liquid crystal composition is irradiated enough to cause the radical polymerizable compound to polymerize. The peak has a peak at 240-400 nm Light; The aforementioned radical polymerizable compound has the function of aligning the aforementioned liquid crystal vertically by polymerization; It also contains at least one of the following requirements (Z1) and (Z2), and manufactures in-plane alignment regions and out-of-plane alignment regions A liquid crystal display element in which at least two of the alignment area and the oblique alignment area are patterned; Requirement (Z1): there is a step (C) between the aforementioned step (A) and the aforementioned step (B), which corresponds to the aforementioned The radical generating film obtained in step (A) is irradiated with light having a peak at 240-400 nm to deactivate the radical generating ability of the radical generating film. Requirement (Z2): The step of irradiating the liquid crystal composition with light having a peak at 240 to 400 nm in the step (B) is performed through a photomask. [2] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to [1], wherein the radical generating film is a film that has been uniaxially aligned. [3] The method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element as in [1] or [2], wherein the step (B) of irradiating the liquid crystal composition with light having a peak at 240 to 400 nm is performed under no electric field . [4] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the radical generating film has a polymer containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization. [5] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to [4], wherein the aforementioned polymer containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization has a structural unit represented by the following formula (1) in the main chain. [化1]
Figure 02_image003
In formula (1), A represents an organic group that induces radical polymerization. [6] The method for producing a liquid crystal display element according to [4] or [5], wherein the polymer is selected from polyamides obtained by using a diamine component containing a diamine containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization At least one of an amine precursor, polyimine, polyurea, and polyamide. [7] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to [5], wherein the organic group that induces radical polymerization is a group represented by the following formula (3). [化2]
Figure 02_image005
In formula (3), the dotted line represents the bond with the benzene ring, and R 6 represents a single bond, -CH 2 -, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-; R 7 represents a single bond, or the number of carbons substituted by fluorine atoms 1 ~20 alkylene, any one or more of -CH 2 -or -CF 2 -of the alkylene can also be independently replaced by one selected from -CH=CH-, divalent carbocyclic ring, and two The group of a valent heterocyclic ring, in addition, can also be conditioned on any of the groups listed below, that is, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or -NH- are not adjacent to each other And substituted with these groups; R 8 represents an organic group that induces free radical polymerization represented by the formulas selected from the formulas [X-1]~[X-18], [W], [Y] and [Z]; [化] 3]
Figure 02_image007
In formulas [X-1] ~ [X-18], * represents the bonding site with R 7 , S 1 and S 2 each independently represent -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and R represents a hydrogen atom , A halogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, or an alkoxy group with 1 to 10 carbons, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons; [化4]
Figure 02_image009
In the formulas [W], [Y], [Z], * represents the bonding site with R 7 and S 3 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-, Ar represents selected from or may have an organic group and / Or an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the group consisting of phenylene, naphthylene, and biphenyl with halogen atoms as substituents, R 9 and R 10 are each independently an alkyl group or alkane with 1 to 10 carbon atoms When the oxy, benzyl, or phenethyl group is an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, R 9 and R 10 may also form a ring; Q represents any of the following structures; [化5]
Figure 02_image011
In the formula, R 11 represents -CH 2 -, -NR-, -O-, or -S-, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, * represents an atomic bond; R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, halogen Atom, C 1-10 alkyl group or C 1-10 alkoxy group. [8] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to [6], wherein the aforementioned diamine containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization is a diamine having a structure represented by the following formula (2). [化6]
Figure 02_image013
In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the following formula (3), but at least one of A 1 and A 2 represents a group represented by the following formula (3), E Represents a single bond, -O-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -NH-, -CO-, -NHCO-, -COO-, -(CH 2 ) m -, -SO 2 -, or these Any combination of the divalent organic group, m represents an integer of 1-8. p represents an integer of 0-2. When p is 2, a plurality of A 2 and E each independently have the aforementioned definition. In addition, when p is 0, A 1 is composed of a group represented by the following formula (3). [化7]
Figure 02_image005
In formula (3), the dotted line represents the bond with the benzene ring, and R 6 represents a single bond, -CH 2 -, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-, R 7 represents a single bond, or unsubstituted or substituted by a fluorine atom, carbon number 1 ~20 alkylene, any one or more of -CH 2 -or -CF 2 -of the alkylene can also be independently replaced by one selected from -CH=CH-, divalent carbocyclic ring, and two The group of a valent heterocyclic ring, in addition, can also be provided that any of the groups listed below, that is, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or -NH- are not adjacent to each other as a condition And substituted with these groups; R 8 represents an organic group that induces free radical polymerization represented by the formulas selected from the formulas [X-1]~[X-18], [W], [Y] and [Z]; [化8]
Figure 02_image007
In the formulas [X-1] to [X-18], * represents the bonding site with R 7 , S 1 and S 2 each independently represent -O-, -NR-, -S-, and R represents a hydrogen atom, A halogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, and an alkoxy group with 1 to 10 carbons, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, and an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons; [化9]
Figure 02_image009
In the formulas [W], [Y], [Z], * represents the bonding site with R 7 and S 3 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-, Ar represents selected from or may have an organic group and / Or an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the group consisting of phenylene, naphthylene, and biphenyl with halogen atoms as substituents, R 9 and R 10 are each independently an alkyl group or alkane with 1 to 10 carbon atoms When the oxy, benzyl, or phenethyl group is an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, R 9 and R 10 may also form a ring; Q represents any of the following structures; [化10]
Figure 02_image018
In the formula, R 11 represents -CH 2 -, -NR-, -O-, or -S-, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, * represents an atomic bond; R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, halogen Atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons or an alkoxy group with 1 to 10 carbons. [9] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein at least one of the aforementioned radically polymerizable compounds is compatible with liquid crystal and has one polymer in one molecule. Compounds with sexually unsaturated bonds. [10] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to [9], wherein the polymerization reactive group possessed by the radically polymerizable compound is selected from the following structures. [化11]
Figure 02_image020
In the formula, * represents the bonding site with the part other than the polymerizable unsaturated bond of the compound molecule. R b represents an alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and E represents a bonding group selected from a single bond, -O-, -NR c -, -S-, an ester bond, and an amide bond. R c represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group of R b represents a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group. [11] The method for producing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound contains The Tg of the obtained polymer is a radically polymerizable compound of 100°C or less. [12] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element as described in any one of [1] to [11] further has the following steps: Prepare a first substrate with a radical generating film, and a second substrate, on the first substrate The radical generating film is arranged to face the second substrate, and a liquid crystal composition containing liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound is filled between the first substrate and the second substrate to produce a liquid crystal cell. [13] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to [12], wherein the second substrate has a radical generating film. [14] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to [12], wherein the second substrate is a substrate coated with a liquid crystal alignment film having uniaxial alignment. [15] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to [14], wherein the aforementioned liquid crystal alignment film with uniaxial alignment is a liquid crystal alignment film for horizontal alignment. [16] The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to any one of [12] to [15], wherein the first substrate with the radical generating film is a substrate with comb-shaped electrodes. [Effects of Invention]

根據本發明,可提供以簡便且低廉的方法製造在同一元件內具備2個或3個不同配向區域(面內(單軸)配向區域、面外配向區域、及傾斜配向區域)之液晶顯示元件的液晶顯示元件之製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a simple and inexpensive method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element having two or three different alignment regions (in-plane (uniaxial) alignment regions, out-of-plane alignment regions, and inclined alignment regions) in the same device The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element.

以下,針對本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法詳細地說明,但以下記載之構成要件的說明係作為本發明之一實施態樣之一例,不特定於該等內容。Hereinafter, the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention will be described in detail, but the description of the constituent elements described below is an example of an embodiment of the present invention, and is not specific to these contents.

(液晶顯示元件之製造方法) 本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,包含下列步驟(A)及下列步驟(B)。 步驟(A):於基板上形成可利用光照射而產生自由基之自由基產生膜的步驟。 步驟(B):使含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物接觸自由基產生膜,邊保持該狀態,邊對液晶組成物照射足以使自由基聚合性化合物進行聚合反應的於240~400nm具有峰部之光的步驟。 上述步驟(B)中之自由基聚合性化合物,係藉由進行聚合而具有使液晶垂直地配向之功能的化合物。 另外,本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,包含下列要件(Z1)及(Z2)中之至少一要件。 要件(Z1):於步驟(A)與步驟(B)之間更具有步驟(C),係對步驟(A)中獲得之自由基產生膜照射於240~400nm具有峰部之光,而使自由基產生膜之自由基產生能力失活。 要件(Z2):步驟(B)之對液晶組成物照射於240~400nm具有峰部之光的步驟係介隔光罩進行。 包含上述步驟(A)及步驟(B),更滿足要件(Z1)及(Z2)中之至少一要件的本發明,可製造面內配向區域、面外配向區域、及傾斜配向區域中之至少2個區域經圖案化之液晶顯示元件。(Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display element) The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention includes the following steps (A) and the following steps (B). Step (A): A step of forming a radical generating film capable of generating radicals by light irradiation on a substrate. Step (B): The liquid crystal composition containing the liquid crystal and the radical polymerizable compound is brought into contact with the radical generating film, and while maintaining this state, the liquid crystal composition is irradiated at 240 to 400 nm sufficient to polymerize the radical polymerizable compound. Step with peak light. The radically polymerizable compound in the above step (B) is a compound having a function of vertically aligning liquid crystals by polymerization. In addition, the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention includes at least one of the following requirements (Z1) and (Z2). Requirement (Z1): There is step (C) between step (A) and step (B). The radical generating film obtained in step (A) is irradiated with light with a peak at 240-400 nm to make The free radical generating ability of the free radical generating membrane is inactivated. Requirement (Z2): The step (B) of irradiating the liquid crystal composition with light having a peak at 240 to 400 nm is performed through a photomask. The present invention, which includes the above steps (A) and (B), and satisfies at least one of the requirements (Z1) and (Z2), can produce at least one of the in-plane alignment area, the out-of-plane alignment area, and the inclined alignment area 2 patterned liquid crystal display elements.

<自由基產生膜> 本發明中,於基板上成自由基產生膜。 此處,自由基產生膜係指會產生自由基之被膜。 自由基產生膜,例如由自由基產生膜形成組成物形成。<Free radical generating film> In the present invention, a radical generating film is formed on the substrate. Here, the free radical generating film refers to a film that generates free radicals. The radical generating film is formed of, for example, a radical generating film forming composition.

<自由基產生膜形成組成物> 就自由基產生膜形成組成物之成分而言,含有聚合物、及會產生自由基之基。此時,該自由基產生膜形成組成物,可為含有鍵結有會產生自由基之基之聚合物的組成物,亦可為具有會產生自由基之基之化合物、與成為基礎樹脂之聚合物的組成物。 藉由將如此之自由基產生膜形成組成物塗布於基板上,並使該塗布膜硬化,可獲得會產生自由基之基固定化在膜中而成之自由基產生膜。會產生自由基之基,宜為誘發自由基聚合之有機基。<Free radical generating film forming composition> The components of the radical generating film forming composition include a polymer and a radical generating radical. At this time, the radical generating film forming composition may be a composition containing a polymer bonded with a radical generating radical, a compound having a radical generating radical, and a polymer that becomes a base resin. The composition of the thing. By coating such a radical generating film forming composition on a substrate and hardening the coating film, a radical generating film in which radicals generating radicals are immobilized in the film can be obtained. The base that generates free radicals is preferably an organic base that induces free radical polymerization.

自由基產生膜由含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物構成時,該含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物,例如可列舉於主鏈具有下式(1)表示之結構單元的聚合物。 [化12]

Figure 02_image022
式(1)中,A表示誘發自由基聚合之有機基。When the radical generating film is composed of a polymer containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization, the polymer containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization may be exemplified in the polymerization of the main chain having a structural unit represented by the following formula (1) Things. [化12]
Figure 02_image022
In formula (1), A represents an organic group that induces radical polymerization.

使用含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物時,為了獲得具有會產生自由基之基之聚合物,宜使用具有含有選自甲基丙烯酸基、丙烯酸基、乙烯基、烯丙基、香豆素基、苯乙烯基及桂皮醯基中之至少一種之光反應性側鏈的單體、於側鏈具有會因光照射而分解並產生自由基之部位的單體作為單體成分進行製造較佳。另一方面,產生自由基之單體存在其本身會自發地聚合等的問題,會有變成不穩定的化合物之虞。 因此,考量合成容易性的觀點,宜為由具有自由基產生部位之二胺衍生而得的聚合物,更佳為聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯等聚醯亞胺前驅體、聚醯亞胺、聚脲、聚醯胺等。When using a polymer containing an organic group that induces free radical polymerization, in order to obtain a polymer with a group that can generate free radicals, it is suitable to use a polymer containing a group selected from methacrylic group, acrylic group, vinyl, allyl, and coumadin. A monomer with a photoreactive side chain of at least one of a base, a styryl group, and a cassia cinnamon group, and a monomer having a site that decomposes and generate free radicals in the side chain due to light irradiation are used as monomer components. good. On the other hand, monomers that generate free radicals have problems such as spontaneous polymerization of themselves, and may become unstable compounds. Therefore, considering the ease of synthesis, a polymer derived from a diamine having free radical generation sites is preferable, and a polyimide precursor such as polyamide acid and polyamide ester, and polyamide are more preferable. Imine, polyurea, polyamide, etc.

誘發自由基聚合之有機基,例如可列舉下式(3)表示之基。 [化13]

Figure 02_image005
式(3)中,虛線表示與苯環之鍵結,R6 表示單鍵、-CH2 -、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-, R7 表示單鍵、或非取代或經氟原子取代之碳數1~20之伸烷基,該伸烷基之任意之-CH2 -或-CF2 -中之一者以上也可各自獨立地置換為選自-CH=CH-、二價碳環、及二價雜環之基,另外,亦能以下列所列舉之任意基,亦即-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、或-NH-彼此不相鄰為條件而置換為該等基; R8 表示選自式[X-1]~[X-18]、[W]、[Y]及[Z]之式表示之誘發自由基聚合之有機基, [化14]
Figure 02_image007
式[X-1]~[X-18]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S1 及S2 各自獨立地表示-O-、-NR-、或-S-,R表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基、或碳數1~10之烷氧基,R1 及R2 各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、或碳數1~4之烷基。Examples of the organic group that induces radical polymerization include the group represented by the following formula (3). [化13]
Figure 02_image005
In formula (3), the dotted line represents the bond with the benzene ring, and R 6 represents a single bond, -CH 2 -, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-, R 7 represents a single bond, or unsubstituted or substituted by a fluorine atom, carbon number 1 ~20 alkylene, any one or more of -CH 2 -or -CF 2 -of the alkylene can also be independently replaced by one selected from -CH=CH-, divalent carbocyclic ring, and two The group of a valent heterocyclic ring, in addition, can also be conditioned on any of the groups listed below, that is, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or -NH- are not adjacent to each other And substituted with these groups; R 8 represents an organic group selected from the formulas [X-1]~[X-18], [W], [Y] and [Z] to induce free radical polymerization, [化14]
Figure 02_image007
In formulas [X-1] ~ [X-18], * represents the bonding site with R 7 , S 1 and S 2 each independently represent -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and R represents a hydrogen atom , A halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbons, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons.

[化15]

Figure 02_image009
式[W]、[Y]、[Z]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S3 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-,Ar表示選自由亦可具有有機基及/或鹵素原子作為取代基之伸苯基、伸萘基、及伸聯苯基構成之群組中之芳香族烴基,R9 及R10 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基、烷氧基、苄基、或苯乙基,為烷基、烷氧基時,R9 及R10 亦可形成環, Q表示下列任一結構, [化16]
Figure 02_image027
式中,R11 表示-CH2 -、-NR-、-O-、或-S-,R表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基,*表示原子鍵, R12 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基或碳數1~10之烷氧基。[化15]
Figure 02_image009
In the formulas [W], [Y], [Z], * represents the bonding site with R 7 and S 3 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-, Ar represents selected from or may have an organic group and / Or an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the group consisting of phenylene, naphthylene, and biphenyl with halogen atoms as substituents, R 9 and R 10 are each independently an alkyl group or alkane with 1 to 10 carbon atoms When the oxy, benzyl, or phenethyl group is an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, R 9 and R 10 may also form a ring, and Q represents any of the following structures, [formation 16]
Figure 02_image027
In the formula, R 11 represents -CH 2 -, -NR-, -O-, or -S-, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, * represents an atomic bond, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, halogen Atom, C 1-10 alkyl group or C 1-10 alkoxy group.

選自上述[W]、[Y]及[Z]之式表示之有機基,具體而言,宜為以下者。尤其考量獲得之液晶顯示元件之可靠性的觀點,為(b)及(c)更佳。 [化17]

Figure 02_image029
The organic group represented by the formula selected from the above-mentioned [W], [Y], and [Z], specifically, is preferably the following. In particular, considering the reliability of the obtained liquid crystal display element, (b) and (c) are better. [化17]
Figure 02_image029

含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物之理想實施態樣,可列舉具有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的二胺。 含有如此自由基產生部位的二胺,具體而言,可列舉具有可產生自由基並聚合之側鏈的二胺,例如可列舉下式(2)表示之二胺。此外,不限於該等。An ideal embodiment of a polymer containing an organic group that induces free radical polymerization includes diamines having an organic group that induces free radical polymerization. The diamine containing such a radical generating site specifically includes a diamine having a side chain capable of generating radicals and polymerizing, for example, a diamine represented by the following formula (2) is exemplified. In addition, it is not limited to these.

[化18]

Figure 02_image031
式(2)中,A1 及A2 各自獨立地表示氫原子或上述式(3)表示之基,惟,A1 及A2 中之至少1者表示上述式(3)表示之基, E表示單鍵、-O-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-NH-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-COO-、-(CH2 )m -、-SO2 -、或由該等之任意組合構成的2價有機基,m表示1~8之整數。 「該等之任意組合」,可列舉-O-(CH2 )m -O-、-O-C(CH3 )2 -、-CO-(CH2 )m -、-NH-(CH2 )m -、-SO2 -(CH2 )m -、-CONH-(CH2 )m -、-CONH-(CH2 )m -NHCO-、-COO-(CH2 )m -OCO-等,但不限於該等。 p表示0~2之整數。p為2時,多個A2 及E各自獨立地具有前述定義。又,p為0時,A1 由下式(3)表示之基構成。[化18]
Figure 02_image031
In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the above formula (3), but at least one of A 1 and A 2 represents a group represented by the above formula (3), E Represents a single bond, -O-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -NH-, -CO-, -NHCO-, -COO-, -(CH 2 ) m -, -SO 2 -, or these Any combination of the divalent organic group, m represents an integer of 1-8. "Any combination of these" includes -O-(CH 2 ) m -O-, -OC(CH 3 ) 2 -, -CO-(CH 2 ) m -, -NH-(CH 2 ) m- , -SO 2 -(CH 2 ) m -, -CONH-(CH 2 ) m -, -CONH-(CH 2 ) m -NHCO-, -COO-(CH 2 ) m -OCO- etc., but not limited to Such. p represents an integer of 0-2. When p is 2, a plurality of A 2 and E each independently have the aforementioned definition. In addition, when p is 0, A 1 is composed of a group represented by the following formula (3).

上述式(2)中,p=0時之二個胺基(-NH2 )之鍵結位置並無限定。具體而言,可列舉相對於側鏈之鍵結基為苯環上之2,3之位置、2,4之位置、2,5之位置、2,6之位置、3,4之位置、3,5之位置。其中,考量合成聚醯胺酸時之反應性的觀點,宜為2,4之位置、2,5之位置、或3,5之位置。也考慮合成二胺時之容易性的話,為2,4之位置、或3,5之位置更佳。In the above formula (2), the bonding position of the two amino groups (-NH 2) when p=0 is not limited. Specifically, the bonding group relative to the side chain can be listed as 2, 3 positions, 2, 4 positions, 2, 5 positions, 2, 6 positions, 3, 4 positions, 3 on the benzene ring. ,5's position. Among them, considering the reactivity when synthesizing polyamide acid, the preferred position is 2,4 position, 2,5 position, or 3,5 position. Considering the ease of synthesis of the diamine, the position 2,4, or the position 3,5 is more preferable.

具有含有選自由甲基丙烯酸基、丙烯酸基、乙烯基、烯丙基、香豆素基、苯乙烯基及桂皮醯基構成之群組中之至少1種之光反應性基的二胺,具體而言,可列舉如下之化合物,但不限於該等。 [化19]

Figure 02_image033
A diamine containing at least one photoreactive group selected from the group consisting of a methacrylic group, an acrylic group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a coumarin group, a styryl group, and a cinnamyl group, specifically In particular, the following compounds can be cited, but are not limited to these. [化19]
Figure 02_image033

[化20]

Figure 02_image035
式中,J1 表示單鍵、-O-、-COO-、-NHCO-、或-NH-鍵結基,J2 表示單鍵、或非取代或經氟原子取代之碳數1~20之伸烷基。[化20]
Figure 02_image035
In the formula, J 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -COO-, -NHCO-, or -NH-bonding group, J 2 represents a single bond, or unsubstituted or substituted by a fluorine atom, with a carbon number of 1-20 Alkylene.

具有選自上述[W]、[Y]及[Z]之式表示之有機基的二胺,鑒於合成的容易性、泛用性的高低、特性等的觀點,為下式表示之結構最佳,但不限於該等。 [化21]

Figure 02_image033
式中,n為2~8之整數,E表示單鍵、-O-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-NH-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-COO-、-(CH2 )m -、-SO2 -、-O-(CH2 )m -O-、-O-C(CH3 )2 -、-CO-(CH2 )m -、-NH-(CH2 )m -、-SO2 -(CH2 )m -、-CONH-(CH2 )m -、-CONH-(CH2 )m -NHCO-或-COO-(CH2 )m -OCO-,m為1~8之整數。 [化22]
Figure 02_image038
式中,n為2~8之整數。A diamine having an organic group represented by the formula selected from the above-mentioned [W], [Y] and [Z], in view of ease of synthesis, versatility, characteristics, etc., the structure represented by the following formula is the best , But not limited to these. [化21]
Figure 02_image033
In the formula, n is an integer of 2-8, E represents a single bond, -O-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -NH-, -CO-, -NHCO-, -COO-, -(CH 2 ) m -, -SO 2 -, -O-(CH 2 ) m -O-, -OC(CH 3 ) 2 -, -CO-(CH 2 ) m -, -NH-(CH 2 ) m -,- SO 2 -(CH 2 ) m -, -CONH-(CH 2 ) m -, -CONH-(CH 2 ) m -NHCO- or -COO-(CH 2 ) m -OCO-, m is 1~8 Integer. [化22]
Figure 02_image038
In the formula, n is an integer of 2-8.

上述二胺亦可因應製成自由基產生膜時之液晶配向性、聚合反應中之感度、電壓保持特性、蓄積電荷等特性,而使用1種或將2種以上混合使用。The above-mentioned diamines may be used singly or in combination of two or more according to characteristics such as liquid crystal alignment when forming a radical generating film, sensitivity during polymerization, voltage retention characteristics, and charge accumulation.

具有如此之發生自由基聚合之部位的二胺,宜以成為自由基產生膜形成組成物中含有的聚合物之合成所使用之二胺成分整體之5~50莫耳%的量使用較佳,更佳為10~40莫耳%,特佳為15~30莫耳%。The diamine having such a site where radical polymerization occurs is preferably used in an amount of 5-50 mol% of the entire diamine component used in the synthesis of the polymer contained in the radical generating film forming composition. It is more preferably 10-40 mol%, particularly preferably 15-30 mol%.

此外,由二胺獲得本發明之自由基產生膜中使用之聚合物時,可倂用上述具有產生自由基之部位之二胺以外的其他二胺作為二胺成分。具體而言,可列舉:對苯二胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、間苯二胺、2,4-二甲基-間苯二胺、2,5-二胺基甲苯、2,6-二胺基甲苯、2,5-二胺基苯酚、2,4-二胺基苯酚、3,5-二胺基苯酚、3,5-二胺基苯甲醇、2,4-二胺基苯甲醇、4,6-二胺基間苯二酚、4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二羧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二氟-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二胺基聯苯、2,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,2’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基二苯醚、3,4’-二胺基二苯醚、2,2’-二胺基二苯醚、2,3’-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-磺醯基二苯胺、3,3’-磺醯基二苯胺、雙(4-胺基苯基)矽烷、雙(3-胺基苯基)矽烷、二甲基-雙(4-胺基苯基)矽烷、二甲基-雙(3-胺基苯基)矽烷、4,4’-硫二苯胺、3,3’-硫二苯胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯胺、3,3’-二胺基二苯胺、3,4’-二胺基二苯胺、2,2’-二胺基二苯胺、2,3’-二胺基二苯胺、N-甲基(4,4’-二胺基二苯基)胺、N-甲基(3,3’-二胺基二苯基)胺、N-甲基(3,4’-二胺基二苯基)胺、N-甲基(2,2’-二胺基二苯基)胺、N-甲基(2,3’-二胺基二苯基)胺、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、1,4-二胺基萘、1,5-二胺基萘、1,6-二胺基萘、1,7-二胺基萘、1,8-二胺基萘、2,5-二胺基萘、2,6-二胺基萘、2,7-二胺基萘、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、1,2-雙(3-胺基苯基)乙烷、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯基)丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)丁烷、1,4-雙(3-胺基苯基)丁烷、雙(3,5-二乙基-4-胺基苯基)甲烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、1,4-雙(4-胺基苄基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-[1,4-伸苯基雙(亞甲基)]二苯胺、4,4’-[1,3-伸苯基雙(亞甲基)]二苯胺、3,4’-[1,4-伸苯基雙(亞甲基)]二苯胺、3,4’-[1,3-伸苯基雙(亞甲基)]二苯胺、3,3’-[1,4-伸苯基雙(亞甲基)]二苯胺、3,3’-[1,3-伸苯基雙(亞甲基)]二苯胺、1,4-伸苯基雙[(4-胺基苯基)甲酮]、1,4-伸苯基雙[(3-胺基苯基)甲酮]、1,3-伸苯基雙[(4-胺基苯基)甲酮]、1,3-伸苯基雙[(3-胺基苯基)甲酮]、1,4-伸苯基雙(4-胺基苯甲酸酯)、1,4-伸苯基雙(3-胺基苯甲酸酯)、1,3-伸苯基雙(4-胺基苯甲酸酯)、1,3-伸苯基雙(3-胺基苯甲酸酯)、雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲酸酯、雙(3-胺基苯基)對苯二甲酸酯、雙(4-胺基苯基)間苯二甲酸酯、雙(3-胺基苯基)間苯二甲酸酯、N,N’-(1,4-伸苯基)雙(4-胺基苯并醯胺)、N,N’-(1,3-伸苯基)雙(4-胺基苯并醯胺)、N,N’-(1,4-伸苯基)雙(3-胺基苯并醯胺)、N,N’-(1,3-伸苯基)雙(3-胺基苯并醯胺)、N,N’-雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲醯胺、N,N’-雙(3-胺基苯基)對苯二甲醯胺、N,N’-雙(4-胺基苯基)間苯二甲醯胺、N,N’-雙(3-胺基苯基)間苯二甲醯胺、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)二苯碸、2,2’-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2’-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2’-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2’-雙(3-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2’-雙(3-胺基-4-甲基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2’-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2’-雙(3-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2’-雙(3-胺基-4-甲基苯基)丙烷、反式-1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)環己烷、3,5-二胺基苯甲酸、2,5-二胺基苯甲酸、雙(4-胺基苯氧基)甲烷、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)乙烷、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)丙烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)丁烷、1,4-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)戊烷、1,5-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)戊烷、1,6-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)己烷、1,6-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)己烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)庚烷、1,7-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)庚烷、1,8-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)辛烷、1,8-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)辛烷、1,9-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)壬烷、1,9-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)壬烷、1,10-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)癸烷、1,10-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)癸烷、1,11-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)十一烷、1,11-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)十一烷、1,12-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)十二烷、1,12-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)十二烷等芳香族二胺;雙(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙(4-胺基-3-甲基環己基)甲烷等脂環族二胺;1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷、1,5-二胺基戊烷、1,6-二胺基己烷、1,7-二胺基庚烷、1,8-二胺基辛烷、1,9-二胺基壬烷、1,10-二胺基癸烷、1,11-二胺基十一烷、1,12-二胺基十二烷等脂肪族二胺;1,3-雙[2-(對胺基苯基)乙基]脲、1,3-雙[2-(對胺基苯基)乙基]-1-第三丁氧基羰基脲等具有脲結構之二胺;N-對胺基苯基-4-對胺基苯基(第三丁氧基羰基)胺基甲基哌啶等具有含氮不飽和雜環結構之二胺;N-第三丁氧基羰基-N-(2-(4-胺基苯基)乙基)-N-(4-胺基苄基)胺等具有N-Boc基(Boc表示第三丁氧基羰基)之二胺等。In addition, when the polymer used in the radical generating film of the present invention is obtained from a diamine, a diamine other than the above-mentioned diamine having a site for generating free radicals can be used as the diamine component. Specifically, examples include: p-phenylenediamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4 -Dimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,5-diaminophenol, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5- Diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2,4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3, 3'-Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4 '-Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-Dicarboxy-4,4'-Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-Difluoro-4,4'-Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3' -Bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-diaminobiphenyl Biphenyl, 2,3'-diaminodiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl Methane, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane Phenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-sulfonyl diphenylamine, 3,3'-sulfonyl diphenylamine, bis(4-aminophenyl)silane, bis(3-aminophenyl)silane, dimethyl-bis(4-aminophenyl)silane, dimethyl -Bis(3-aminophenyl)silane, 4,4'-sulfodiphenylamine, 3,3'-sulfodiphenylamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 3,3'-diamino Diphenylamine, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,3'-diaminodiphenylamine, N-methyl(4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine Phenyl)amine, N-methyl(3,3'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-methyl(3,4'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-methyl(2, 2'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, N-methyl(2,3'-diaminodiphenyl)amine, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-di Aminobenzophenone, 3,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2,2'-diaminobenzophenone, 2,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 1,4- Diaminonaphthalene, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 1,6-diaminonaphthalene, 1,7-diaminonaphthalene, 1,8-diaminonaphthalene, 2,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6-Diaminonaphthalene, 2,7-diaminonaphthalene, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, 1,2-bis(3-aminophenyl)ethane, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenyl)propane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)butane, 1,4- Bis(3-aminophenyl)butane, bis(3,5-diethyl-4-aminophenyl)methane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3 -Bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminobenzyl)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-amino) Phenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-[1,4-phenylenebis(methylene)]diphenylamine, 4,4'-[1,3-phenylenebis(methylene)]di Aniline, 3,4'-[1,4-phenylenebis(methylene)]diphenylamine, 3,4'-[1,3-phenylenebis(methylene)]diphenylamine, 3, 3'-[1,4-phenylenebis(methylene)]diphenylamine, 3,3'-[1,3-phenylenebis(methylene)]diphenylamine, 1,4-phenylene Bis[(4-aminophenyl) ketone], 1,4-phenylene bis[(3-aminophenyl) ketone], 1,3-phenylene bis[(4-amino Phenyl) ketone], 1,3-phenylene bis[(3-aminophenyl) ketone], 1,4-phenylene bis(4-aminobenzoate), 1,4 -Phenylene bis(3-amino benzoate), 1,3-phenylene bis(4-amino benzoate), 1,3-phenylene bis(3-amino benzoate) Acid ester), bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalate, bis(3-aminophenyl)terephthalate, bis(4-aminophenyl)isophthalic acid Ester, bis(3-aminophenyl) isophthalate, N,N'-(1,4-phenylene) bis(4-aminobenzoamide), N,N'-( 1,3-phenylene) bis(4-aminobenzoamide), N,N'-(1,4-phenylene)bis(3-aminobenzoamide), N,N' -(1,3-phenylene) bis(3-aminobenzoamide), N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)p-xylylenedimethamide, N,N'-bis( 3-aminophenyl)p-xylylenedimethamide, N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)m-xylylenedimethamide, N,N'-bis(3-aminophenyl)m Xylylenedimethamide, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)diphenyl sulfide, 2,2'-bis[4-( 4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(4-aminobenzene) Yl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(3-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-methylphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2 '-Bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2'-bis(3-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-methylphenyl)propane, Trans-1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)cyclohexane, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 2,5-diaminobenzoic acid, bis(4-aminophenoxy) Methane, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenoxy)ethane, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)propane, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)propane , 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)butane, 1,4-bis(3-aminophenoxy)butane, 1,5-bis(4-aminophenoxy)pentane Alkyl, 1,5-bis(3-aminophenoxy)pentane, 1,6-bis(4-aminobenzene Oxy)hexane, 1,6-bis(3-aminophenoxy)hexane, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenoxy)heptane, 1,7-bis(3-amino) Phenoxy)heptane, 1,8-bis(4-aminophenoxy)octane, 1,8-bis(3-aminophenoxy)octane, 1,9-bis(4-amine Phenyloxy)nonane, 1,9-bis(3-aminophenoxy)nonane, 1,10-bis(4-aminophenoxy)decane, 1,10-bis(3- Aminophenoxy)decane, 1,11-bis(4-aminophenoxy)undecane, 1,11-bis(3-aminophenoxy)undecane, 1,12-bis (4-aminophenoxy)dodecane, 1,12-bis(3-aminophenoxy)dodecane and other aromatic diamines; bis(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis(4 -Amino-3-methylcyclohexyl) methane and other alicyclic diamines; 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1, 6-diaminohexane, 1,7-diaminoheptane, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, 1,10-diaminodecane, 1, Aliphatic diamines such as 11-diaminoundecane and 1,12-diaminododecane; 1,3-bis[2-(p-aminophenyl)ethyl]urea, 1,3-bis [2-(p-aminophenyl) ethyl]-1-tertiary butoxycarbonyl urea and other diamines with urea structure; N-p-aminophenyl-4-p-aminophenyl (third-butyl (Oxycarbonyl)aminomethylpiperidine and other diamines with nitrogen-containing unsaturated heterocyclic structure; N-tertiary butoxycarbonyl-N-(2-(4-aminophenyl)ethyl)-N -(4-Aminobenzyl)amine, etc., a diamine having an N-Boc group (Boc represents a tertiary butoxycarbonyl group), and the like.

上述其他二胺亦可因應製成自由基產生膜時之液晶配向性、聚合反應中之感度、電壓保持特性、蓄積電荷等特性,而使用1種或將2種以上混合使用。The above-mentioned other diamines can also be used singly or in a mixture of two or more according to the characteristics of liquid crystal alignment when forming a radical generating film, sensitivity during polymerization, voltage retention characteristics, and charge accumulation.

聚合物為聚醯胺酸時之合成中,與上述二胺成分反應之四羧酸二酐並無特別限定。具體而言,可列舉:均苯四甲酸、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸、1,2,5,6-萘四羧酸、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸、2,3,6,7-蒽四羧酸、1,2,5,6-蒽四羧酸、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)醚、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)碸、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷、1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟-2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)二甲基矽烷、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)二苯基矽烷、2,3,4,5-吡啶四羧酸、2,6-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)吡啶、3,3’,4,4’-二苯碸四羧酸、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸、1,3-二苯基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸、氧基二鄰苯二甲酸基四羧酸、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸、1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸、1,2-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸、1,2,3,4-環庚烷四羧酸、2,3,4,5-四氫呋喃四羧酸、3,4-二羧基-1-環己基琥珀酸、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸、3,4-二羧基-1,2,3,4-四氫-1-萘琥珀酸、雙環[3.3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸、雙環[4.3.0]壬烷-2,4,7,9-四羧酸、雙環[4.4.0]癸烷-2,4,7,9-四羧酸、雙環[4.4.0]癸烷-2,4,8,10-四羧酸、三環[6.3.0.0<2,6>]十一烷-3,5,9,11-四羧酸、1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸、4-(2,5-二氧四氫呋喃-3-基)-1,2,3,4-四氫萘-1,2-二羧酸、雙環[2.2.2]辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸、5-(2,5-二側氧基四氫呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烷-1,2-二羧酸、四環[6.2.1.1<3,6>.0<2,7>]十二-4,5,9,10-四羧酸、3,5,6-三羧基降莰烷-2:3,5:6二羧酸、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸等四羧酸的二酐。In the synthesis when the polymer is polyamide acid, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that reacts with the above-mentioned diamine component is not particularly limited. Specifically, examples include: pyromellitic acid, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid , 2,3,6,7-anthracene tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-anthracene tetracarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,3', 4'-Biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ), bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2, 2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)dimethylsilane, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)diphenylsilane, 2,3 ,4,5-pyridinetetracarboxylic acid, 2,6-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)pyridine, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic acid, 3,4,9, 10-perylene tetracarboxylic acid, 1,3-diphenyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid, oxydiphthalate tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4- Cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1 ,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3 ,4-Cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-cycloheptanetetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofurantetracarboxylic acid, 3,4-dicarboxy-1-cyclohexylsuccinic acid Acid, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalenesuccinic acid, bicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2, 4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[4.3.0]nonane-2,4,7,9-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[4.4.0]decane-2,4,7,9-tetracarboxylic acid Acid, bicyclo[4.4.0]decane-2,4,8,10-tetracarboxylic acid, tricyclo[6.3.0.0<2,6>]undecane-3,5,9,11-tetracarboxylic acid , 1,2,3,4-Butanetetracarboxylic acid, 4-(2,5-Dioxytetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid , Bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, 5-(2,5-di-side oxytetrahydrofuranyl)-3-methyl-3-cyclohexane -1,2-Dicarboxylic acid, tetracyclic [6.2.1.1<3,6>.0<2,7>] twelve-4,5,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid, 3,5,6-tri The dianhydrides of tetracarboxylic acids such as carboxynorbornane-2:3,5:6 dicarboxylic acid and 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid.

當然,四羧酸二酐亦可因應製成自由基產生膜時之液晶配向性、聚合反應中之感度、電壓保持特性、蓄積電荷等特性,而使用1種或倂用2種以上。Of course, tetracarboxylic dianhydride can also be used in one type or two or more types in accordance with the characteristics of liquid crystal alignment, sensitivity during polymerization, voltage retention, and charge accumulation when forming a radical generating film.

聚合物為聚醯胺酸酯時之合成中,與上述二胺成分反應之四羧酸二烷基酯的結構並無特別限定,其具體例列舉如下。 脂肪族四羧酸二酯之具體例可列舉:1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二烷基酯、1,2-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二烷基酯、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二烷基酯、1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二烷基酯、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二烷基酯、2,3,4,5-四氫呋喃四羧酸二烷基酯、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二烷基酯、3,4-二羧基-1-環己基琥珀酸二烷基酯、3,4-二羧基-1,2,3,4-四氫-1-萘琥珀酸二烷基酯、1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二烷基酯、雙環[3.3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸二烷基酯、3,3’,4,4’-二環己基四羧酸二烷基酯、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二烷基酯、順式-3,7-二丁基環八-1,5-二烯-1,2,5,6-四羧酸二烷基酯、三環[4.2.1.0<2,5>]壬烷-3,4,7,8-四羧酸-3,4:7,8-二烷基酯、六環[6.6.0.1<2,7>.0<3,6>.1<9,14>.0<10,13>]十六烷-4,5,11,12-四羧酸-4,5:11,12-二烷基酯、4-(2,5-二側氧基四氫呋喃-3-基)-1,2,3,4-四氫萘-1,2-二羧酸二烷基酯等。In the synthesis when the polymer is a polyamide, the structure of the dialkyl tetracarboxylic acid that reacts with the above-mentioned diamine component is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof are listed below. Specific examples of aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid diesters include: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane Alkyl tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1, 2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofurantetracarboxylic acid dioxane Dialkyl ester, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,4-dicarboxy-1-cyclohexyl dialkyl succinate, 3,4-dicarboxy-1,2 ,3,4-Tetrahydro-1-naphthalene succinate dialkyl ester, 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, bicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2,4,6 ,8-tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3',4,4'-dicyclohexyl tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetate dialkyl ester, cis Formula-3,7-Dibutylcycloocta-1,5-diene-1,2,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, tricyclic [4.2.1.0<2,5>]nonane- 3,4,7,8-tetracarboxylic acid-3,4: 7,8-dialkyl ester, six ring [6.6.0.1<2,7>.0<3,6>.1<9,14> .0<10,13>]hexadecane-4,5,11,12-tetracarboxylic acid-4,5:11,12-dialkyl ester, 4-(2,5-di-side oxytetrahydrofuran- 3-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid dialkyl ester and the like.

芳香族四羧酸二烷基酯可列舉:均苯四甲酸二烷基酯、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二烷基酯、2,2’,3,3’-聯苯四羧酸二烷基酯、2,3,3’,4-聯苯四羧酸二烷基酯、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二烷基酯、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二烷基酯、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)醚二烷基酯、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)碸二烷基酯、1,2,5,6-萘四羧酸二烷基酯、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二烷基酯等。Aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl esters include: pyromellitic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,2',3,3' -Diphenyl tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 2,3,3',4-biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester Ester, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dialkyl ester, bis(3,4-dicarboxybenzene) Group) dialkyl esters of chrysene, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl esters, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dialkyl esters, etc.

聚合物為聚脲時之合成中,關於與上述二胺成分反應之二異氰酸酯,並無特別限定,可因應取得性等而使用。二異氰酸酯的具體結構如下所示。 [化23]

Figure 02_image040
式中R2 、R3 表示碳數1~10之脂肪族烴基。In the synthesis when the polymer is a polyurea, the diisocyanate that reacts with the above-mentioned diamine component is not particularly limited, and it can be used in accordance with availability and the like. The specific structure of the diisocyanate is shown below. [化23]
Figure 02_image040
In the formula, R 2 and R 3 represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.

K-1~K-5所示之脂肪族二異氰酸酯,雖然反應性差,但有使溶劑溶解性改善的優點,如K-6~K-7所示之芳香族二異氰酸酯有富有反應性,使耐熱性改善的效果,但有會使溶劑溶解性降低的缺點。考量泛用性、特性面,宜為K-1、K-7、K-8、K-9、K-10,考量電特性的觀點,宜為K-12,考量液晶配向性的觀點,宜為K-13。二異氰酸酯亦可倂用1種以上,宜因應欲獲得之特性而使用各種二異氰酸酯。 又,一部分的二異氰酸酯亦可置換為上述所說明之四羧酸二酐,能以如聚醯胺酸與聚脲之共聚物的形態使用,亦能利用化學醯亞胺化而以如聚醯亞胺與聚脲之共聚物的形態使用。Although the aliphatic diisocyanates shown in K-1~K-5 have poor reactivity, they have the advantage of improving solvent solubility. For example, the aromatic diisocyanates shown in K-6~K-7 are highly reactive and make It has the effect of improving heat resistance, but it has the disadvantage of reducing solvent solubility. Considering versatility and characteristics, it should be K-1, K-7, K-8, K-9, K-10. Considering the viewpoint of electrical characteristics, it should be K-12. Considering the viewpoint of liquid crystal orientation, it is suitable. For K-13. More than one type of diisocyanate can also be used, and it is appropriate to use various diisocyanates according to the characteristics to be obtained. In addition, a part of the diisocyanate can also be replaced with the tetracarboxylic dianhydride described above, and can be used in the form of a copolymer of polyamide acid and polyurea, and can also be chemically imidized to form a polyamide Used in the form of copolymer of imine and polyurea.

聚合物為聚醯胺時之合成中,進行反應之二羧酸的結構並無特別限定,具體例列舉如下。脂肪族二羧酸之具體例可列舉:丙二酸、草酸、二甲基丙二酸、琥珀酸、富馬酸、戊二酸、己二酸、黏康酸、2-甲基己二酸、三甲基己二酸、庚二酸、2,2-二甲基戊二酸、3,3-二乙基琥珀酸、壬二酸、癸二酸及辛二酸等二羧酸。In the synthesis when the polymer is polyamide, the structure of the dicarboxylic acid to be reacted is not particularly limited, and specific examples are listed below. Specific examples of aliphatic dicarboxylic acids include: malonic acid, oxalic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, muconic acid, and 2-methyl adipic acid , Trimethyladipic acid, Pimelic acid, 2,2-Dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-Diethylsuccinic acid, Azelaic acid, Sebacic acid, Suberic acid and other dicarboxylic acids.

脂環族系二羧酸可列舉:1,1-環丙烷二羧酸、1,2-環丙烷二羧酸、1,1-環丁烷二羧酸、1,2-環丁烷二羧酸、1,3-環丁烷二羧酸、3,4-二苯基-1,2-環丁烷二羧酸、2,4-二苯基-1,3-環丁烷二羧酸、1-環丁烯-1,2-二羧酸、1-環丁烯-3,4-二羧酸、1,1-環戊烷二羧酸、1,2-環戊烷二羧酸、1,3-環戊烷二羧酸、1,1-環己烷二羧酸、1,2-環己烷二羧酸、1,3-環己烷二羧酸、1,4-環己烷二羧酸、1,4-(2-降莰烯)二羧酸、5-降莰烯-2,3-二羧酸、雙環[2.2.2]辛烷-1,4-二羧酸、雙環[2.2.2]辛烷-2,3-二羧酸、2,5-二側氧基-1,4-雙環[2.2.2]辛烷二羧酸、1,3-金剛烷二羧酸、4,8-二側氧基-1,3-金剛烷二羧酸、2,6-螺[3.3]庚烷二羧酸、1,3-金剛烷二乙酸、樟腦酸等。Examples of alicyclic dicarboxylic acids include: 1,1-cyclopropane dicarboxylic acid, 1,2-cyclopropane dicarboxylic acid, 1,1-cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid, 1,2-cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid Acid, 1,3-cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid, 3,4-diphenyl-1,2-cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid, 2,4-diphenyl-1,3-cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid , 1-cyclobutene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, 1-cyclobutene-3,4-dicarboxylic acid, 1,1-cyclopentane dicarboxylic acid, 1,2-cyclopentane dicarboxylic acid , 1,3-cyclopentane dicarboxylic acid, 1,1-cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid, 1,2-cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid, 1,3-cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclo Hexane dicarboxylic acid, 1,4-(2-norbornene) dicarboxylic acid, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-1,4-dicarboxylic acid Acid, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, 2,5-di-side oxy-1,4-bicyclo[2.2.2]octanedicarboxylic acid, 1,3-adamantane Dicarboxylic acid, 4,8-diposide oxy-1,3-adamantane dicarboxylic acid, 2,6-spiro[3.3]heptane dicarboxylic acid, 1,3-adamantane diacetic acid, camphoric acid, etc.

芳香族二羧酸可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、5-甲基間苯二甲酸、5-第三丁基間苯二甲酸、5-胺基間苯二甲酸、5-羥基間苯二甲酸、2,5-二甲基對苯二甲酸、四甲基對苯二甲酸、1,4-萘二羧酸、2,5-萘二羧酸、2,6-萘二羧酸、2,7-萘二羧酸、1,4-蒽二羧酸、1,4-蒽醌二羧酸、2,5-聯苯二羧酸、4,4’-聯苯二羧酸、1,5-伸聯苯基二羧酸、4,4’’-三聯苯二羧酸、4,4’-二苯基甲烷二羧酸、4,4’-二苯基乙烷二羧酸、4,4’-二苯基丙烷二羧酸、4,4’-二苯基六氟丙烷二羧酸、4,4’-二苯醚二羧酸、4,4’-聯苄基二羧酸、4,4’-二苯乙烯二羧酸、4,4’-伸乙炔基二苯甲酸、4,4’-羰基二苯甲酸、4,4’-磺醯基二苯甲酸、4,4’-二硫二苯甲酸、對伸苯基二乙酸、3,3’-對伸苯基二丙酸、4-羧基桂皮酸、對伸苯基二丙烯酸、3,3’-[4,4’-(亞甲基二-對伸苯基)]二丙酸、4,4’-[4,4’-(氧基二-對伸苯基)]二丙酸、4,4’-[4,4’-(氧基二-對伸苯基)]二丁酸、(異亞丙基二-對伸苯基二氧基)二丁酸、雙(對羧基苯基)二甲基矽烷等二羧酸。Aromatic dicarboxylic acids include: phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 5-methyl isophthalic acid, 5-tertiary butyl isophthalic acid, 5-amino isophthalic acid Formic acid, 5-hydroxyisophthalic acid, 2,5-dimethylterephthalic acid, tetramethylterephthalic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2, 6-Naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,7-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-anthracene dicarboxylic acid, 1,4-anthraquinone dicarboxylic acid, 2,5-biphenyl dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'- Biphenyl dicarboxylic acid, 1,5-biphenyl dicarboxylic acid, 4,4''-terphenyl dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenylmethane dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenyl Ethane dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenylpropane dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenylhexafluoropropane dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenyl ether dicarboxylic acid, 4,4 '-Bibenzyl dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-stilbene dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-ethynyl dibenzoic acid, 4,4'-carbonyl dibenzoic acid, 4,4'-sulfonamide Dibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dithiodibenzoic acid, p-phenylene diacetic acid, 3,3'-p-phenylene dipropionic acid, 4-carboxycinnamic acid, p-phenylene diacrylic acid, 3 ,3'-[4,4'-(methylenebis-paraphenylene)]dipropionic acid, 4,4'-[4,4'-(oxydi-paraphenylene)]dipropylene Acid, 4,4'-[4,4'-(oxydi-p-phenylene)] dibutyric acid, (isopropylidene bis-p-phenylene dioxy) dibutyric acid, bis(p-phenylene) Carboxyphenyl) dimethyl silane and other dicarboxylic acids.

含有雜環之二羧酸可列舉:1,5-(9-側氧基茀)二羧酸、3,4-呋喃二羧酸、4,5-噻唑二羧酸、2-苯基-4,5-噻唑二羧酸、1,2,5-噻二唑-3,4-二羧酸、1,2,5-㗁二唑-3,4-二羧酸、2,3-吡啶二羧酸、2,4-吡啶二羧酸、2,5-吡啶二羧酸、2,6-吡啶二羧酸、3,4-吡啶二羧酸、3,5-吡啶二羧酸等。Examples of dicarboxylic acids containing heterocycles include: 1,5-(9-side oxyfluoride) dicarboxylic acid, 3,4-furandicarboxylic acid, 4,5-thiazole dicarboxylic acid, 2-phenyl-4 ,5-thiazole dicarboxylic acid, 1,2,5-thiadiazole-3,4-dicarboxylic acid, 1,2,5-oxadiazole-3,4-dicarboxylic acid, 2,3-pyridine dicarboxylic acid Carboxylic acid, 2,4-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 2,6-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 3,4-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, 3,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, etc.

上述各種二羧酸可為醯二鹵化物或酐結構。該等二羧酸類,尤其為可提供直線結構之聚醯胺的二羧酸類的話,在保持液晶分子之配向性方面係較佳。該等之中,可理想地使用:對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、1,4-環己烷二羧酸、4,4’-聯苯二羧酸、4,4’-二苯基甲烷二羧酸、4,4’-二苯基乙烷二羧酸、4,4’-二苯基丙烷二羧酸、4,4’-二苯基六氟丙烷二羧酸、2,2-雙(苯基)丙烷二羧酸、4,4”-三聯苯二羧酸、2,6-萘二羧酸、2,5-吡啶二羧酸或它們的醯二鹵化物等。該等化合物也有存在異構物者,亦可為包含該等之混合物。又,亦可倂用2種以上之化合物。此外,本發明中使用之二羧酸類不限於上述例示化合物。The above-mentioned various dicarboxylic acids may be dihalide or anhydride structures. These dicarboxylic acids, especially those that can provide a linear structure of polyamide, are preferable in terms of maintaining the alignment of liquid crystal molecules. Among them, can be used ideally: terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-biphenyldicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenyl Methane dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenylethane dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenylpropane dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenylhexafluoropropane dicarboxylic acid, 2,2 -Bis(phenyl)propane dicarboxylic acid, 4,4"-terphenyl dicarboxylic acid, 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 2,5-pyridine dicarboxylic acid or their dihalides, etc. There are isomers of the compounds, and they may be mixtures containing them. In addition, two or more compounds may be used. In addition, the dicarboxylic acids used in the present invention are not limited to the above-exemplified compounds.

利用作為原料之二胺(亦記載為「二胺成分」)與選自作為原料之四羧酸二酐(亦記載為「四羧酸二酐成分」)、四羧酸二酯、二異氰酸酯及二羧酸之成分的反應,來獲得聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚脲、聚醯胺時,可使用公知的合成手法。一般而言,有使二胺成分與選自四羧酸二酐成分、四羧酸二酯、二異氰酸酯、及二羧酸中之一種以上之成分在有機溶劑中進行反應的方法。Using diamine (also referred to as "diamine component") as a raw material and selected from tetracarboxylic dianhydride (also referred to as "tetracarboxylic dianhydride component"), tetracarboxylic diester, diisocyanate and When the components of the dicarboxylic acid are reacted to obtain polyamide acid, polyamide ester, polyurea, and polyamide, a known synthesis method can be used. Generally, there is a method of reacting a diamine component and one or more components selected from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride component, a tetracarboxylic acid diester, a diisocyanate, and a dicarboxylic acid in an organic solvent.

二胺成分與四羧酸二酐成分的反應,考量在有機溶劑中較輕易地進行且不產生副產物的觀點,係有利。The reaction of the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is advantageous from the viewpoint that it proceeds easily in an organic solvent and does not produce by-products.

上述反應使用之有機溶劑,只要是會溶解生成之聚合物者,則無特別限定。另外,即使是不溶解聚合物的有機溶劑,亦可在生成之聚合物不析出的範圍內與上述溶劑混合使用。此外,有機溶劑中之水分會妨礙聚合反應,進而成為使生成之聚合物水解的原因,故有機溶劑宜使用經脫水乾燥者。The organic solvent used in the above reaction is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the produced polymer. In addition, even if it is an organic solvent that does not dissolve the polymer, it can be used in combination with the above-mentioned solvent within a range where the polymer produced does not precipitate. In addition, the moisture in the organic solvent will hinder the polymerization reaction and cause the resulting polymer to be hydrolyzed. Therefore, the organic solvent should preferably be dehydrated and dried.

就有機溶劑而言,例如可列舉:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺、N-甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯烷酮、2-吡咯烷酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙烷醯胺、N-甲基己內醯胺、二甲基亞碸、四甲基脲、吡啶、二甲基碸、六甲基磷三醯胺、γ-丁內酯、異丙醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、二戊烯、乙基戊基酮、甲基壬基酮、甲乙酮、甲基異戊基酮、甲基異丙基酮、甲基賽珞蘇、乙基賽珞蘇、甲基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、丁基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、乙二醇、乙二醇單乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇、丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇-第三丁醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇、二乙二醇單乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單甲醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單乙醚、二丙二醇單丙醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單丙醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、三丙二醇甲醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、二異丙醚、乙基異丁醚、二異丁烯、乙酸戊酯、丁酸丁酯、丁醚、二異丁基酮、甲基環己烯、丙醚、二己醚、二㗁烷、正己烷、正戊烷、正辛烷、二乙醚、環己酮、碳酸伸乙酯、碳酸伸丙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸丙二醇單乙醚、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲基乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸、3-甲氧基丙酸、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮、2-乙基-1-己醇等。該等有機溶劑可單獨使用亦可混合使用。As for the organic solvent, for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-diethylformamide, N-methylformamide , N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethyl Propanamide, N-methylcaprolactone, dimethyl sulfide, tetramethylurea, pyridine, dimethyl sulfide, hexamethylphosphotriamide, gamma-butyrolactone, isopropanol, formaldehyde Oxymethylpentanol, dipentene, ethylpentyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl serosol, ethyl serosol , Methyl Cyloxe Acetate, Butyl Cyloxe Acetate, Ethyl Cyloxe Acetate, Butyl Carbitol, Ethyl Carbitol, Ethylene Glycol, Ethylene Glycol Monoacetic Acid Ester, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol-tertiary butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol mono Methyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether , Dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, tripropylene glycol methyl Ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methyl ring Hexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, diethane, n-hexane, n-pentane, n-octane, diethyl ether, cyclohexanone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, Methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, Ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, diethylene glycol Dimethyl ether, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, etc. These organic solvents can be used alone or in mixture.

使二胺成分與四羧酸二酐成分在有機溶劑中反應時,可列舉下列方法:將使二胺成分分散或溶解於有機溶劑而得的溶液進行攪拌,直接添加四羧酸二酐成分、或將其分散或溶解於有機溶劑後添加的方法;反之在使四羧酸二酐成分分散或溶解於有機溶劑而得的溶液中添加二胺成分的方法;將四羧酸二酐成分與二胺成分交替地添加的方法等,可使用該等中之任一方法。又,二胺成分或四羧酸二酐成分由多種化合物構成時,能以預先混合的狀態使其反應,也可個別地依序反應,也可進而使經個別反應之低分子聚物混合反應,並製成高分子聚物。When the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component are reacted in an organic solvent, the following method can be cited: a solution obtained by dispersing or dissolving the diamine component in an organic solvent is stirred, and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is directly added, Or a method of dispersing or dissolving it in an organic solvent and then adding it; conversely, a method of adding a diamine component to a solution obtained by dispersing or dissolving the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component in an organic solvent; The method of alternately adding amine components, etc., can use any of these methods. In addition, when the diamine component or the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component is composed of multiple compounds, it can be reacted in a pre-mixed state, or it can be reacted individually and sequentially, or the oligomers that have been reacted individually can be mixed and reacted. , And made into high molecular polymer.

使二胺成分與四羧酸二酐成分反應時之溫度,可選擇任意溫度,例如為-20~100℃,宜為-5~80℃之範圍。又,反應可於任意濃度進行,例如相對於反應液,二胺成分與四羧酸二酐成分之合計量為1~50質量%,宜為5~30質量%。The temperature when the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component are reacted can be selected at any temperature, for example, -20 to 100°C, preferably in the range of -5 to 80°C. In addition, the reaction can be carried out at any concentration. For example, the total amount of the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component relative to the reaction liquid is 1 to 50% by mass, preferably 5 to 30% by mass.

上述聚合反應中之四羧酸二酐成分之合計莫耳數相對於二胺成分之合計莫耳數的比率,可因應欲獲得之聚醯胺酸之分子量而選擇任意值。與通常的縮聚反應同樣,該莫耳比越接近1.0,生成的聚醯胺酸之分子量越大。理想範圍為0.8~1.2。The ratio of the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride component to the total number of moles of the diamine component in the above polymerization reaction can be selected according to the molecular weight of the polyamide acid to be obtained. As in the usual polycondensation reaction, the closer the molar ratio is to 1.0, the larger the molecular weight of the polyamide acid produced. The ideal range is 0.8 to 1.2.

合成本發明所使用之聚合物之方法不限於上述手法,當合成聚醯胺酸時,可和一般的聚醯胺酸之合成方法同樣,將上述四羧酸二酐替換成使用對應結構的四羧酸或四羧醯二鹵化物等四羧酸衍生物,並以公知的方法使其反應,來獲得對應的聚醯胺酸。又,合成聚脲時,使二胺與二異氰酸酯反應即可。製造聚醯胺酸酯或聚醯胺時,可使二胺與選自四羧酸二酯及二羧酸之成分於公知的縮合劑存在下,或以公知的方法衍生為醯鹵化物後,使其與二胺反應即可。The method of synthesizing the polymer used in the present invention is not limited to the above method. When synthesizing polyamide acid, it can be the same as the general synthesis method of polyamide acid, and the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be replaced with tetracarboxylic dianhydride of the corresponding structure. Tetracarboxylic acid derivatives such as carboxylic acid or tetracarboxylic dihalide are reacted by a known method to obtain the corresponding polyamide acid. Moreover, when synthesizing polyurea, what is necessary is just to make diamine and diisocyanate react. When producing polyamide esters or polyamides, diamine and a component selected from tetracarboxylic acid diesters and dicarboxylic acids can be derivatized into halides in the presence of a known condensing agent or by a known method. Just make it react with diamine.

使上述聚醯胺酸進行醯亞胺化而製成聚醯亞胺的方法可列舉如下方法:將聚醯胺酸之溶液直接加熱的熱醯亞胺化;於聚醯胺酸之溶液添加觸媒的觸媒醯亞胺化。此外,由聚醯胺酸轉化為聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率,考量可提高電壓保持率的方面,宜為30%以上,為30~99%更佳。另一方面,考量抑制白化特性,亦即抑制聚合物於清漆中析出的觀點,宜為70%以下。考慮兩種特性的的話,為40~80%更佳。The method of making the above-mentioned polyamide acid into polyimide can be enumerated as follows: directly heating the polyamide acid solution to heat the imidization method; adding contact to the polyamide acid solution The catalyst of the medium is imidized. In addition, the conversion rate of polyimide from polyamide acid to polyimide is preferably 30% or more, and more preferably 30-99%, considering that the voltage holding rate can be improved. On the other hand, considering the whitening suppression properties, that is, the viewpoint of suppressing the precipitation of the polymer in the varnish, it is preferably 70% or less. Considering the two characteristics, 40 to 80% is better.

將聚醯胺酸在溶液中進行熱醯亞胺化時的溫度,通常為100~400℃,宜為120~250℃,邊將醯亞胺化反應生成的水去除至系外邊實施較佳。The temperature for the thermal imidization of polyamide acid in a solution is usually 100-400°C, preferably 120-250°C, and it is better to implement it while removing the water generated by the imidization reaction to the outside of the system.

聚醯胺酸之觸媒醯亞胺化,可藉由在聚醯胺酸之溶液中添加鹼性觸媒與酸酐,通常於-20~250℃,宜於0~180℃進行攪拌而實施。鹼性觸媒的量為醯胺酸基之通常0.5~30莫耳倍,宜為2~20莫耳倍,酸酐的量為醯胺酸基之通常1~50莫耳倍,宜為3~30莫耳倍。鹼性觸媒可列舉吡啶、三乙胺、三甲胺、三丁胺、三辛胺等,其中,吡啶具有為了使反應進行之適度鹼性,故較佳。酸酐可列舉乙酸酐、偏苯三甲酸酐、均苯四甲酸酐等,其中,使用乙酸酐的話,反應結束後之精製變得容易,故較佳。觸媒醯亞胺化所獲致之醯亞胺化率,可藉由調節觸媒量與反應溫度、反應時間等來進行控制。The catalyst imidization of polyamic acid can be carried out by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to a solution of polyamic acid, usually at -20 to 250°C, preferably at 0 to 180°C and stirring. The amount of alkaline catalyst is usually 0.5 to 30 molar times of the amide acid group, preferably 2 to 20 molar times, and the amount of acid anhydride is usually 1 to 50 molar times of the amide acid group, preferably 3 to 30 mol times. Examples of the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine, and the like. Among them, pyridine is suitably alkaline for the reaction to proceed, and is therefore preferred. Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and the like. Among them, acetic anhydride is preferably used because purification after completion of the reaction becomes easy. The rate of imidization of the catalyst can be controlled by adjusting the amount of the catalyst, the reaction temperature, and the reaction time.

從聚合物之反應溶液回收生成的聚合物時,將反應溶液投入到不良溶劑中並使其沉澱即可。沉澱生成所使用之不良溶劑可列舉:甲醇、丙酮、己烷、丁基賽珞蘇、庚烷、甲乙酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙醇、甲苯、苯、水等。投入到不良溶劑中並使其沉澱的聚合物,在過濾並回收後,可於常壓或減壓下於常溫或加熱下進行乾燥。又,將沉澱回收得到的聚合物,重複使其再溶解於有機溶劑,並進行再沉澱回收的操作2~10次的話,可減少聚合物中之雜質。此時的不良溶劑例如可列舉醇類、酮類、烴等,使用選自該等中之3種以上之不良溶劑的話,精製的效率進一步提升,故較佳。When recovering the polymer produced from the reaction solution of the polymer, the reaction solution may be poured into a poor solvent and precipitated. Examples of poor solvents used in the formation of precipitation include methanol, acetone, hexane, butyl celosine, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethanol, toluene, benzene, water, and the like. The polymer put into the poor solvent and precipitated can be dried under normal pressure or reduced pressure at normal temperature or under heating after filtration and recovery. In addition, if the polymer obtained by precipitation recovery is re-dissolved in an organic solvent and the re-precipitation recovery operation is repeated 2 to 10 times, impurities in the polymer can be reduced. Examples of the poor solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, and hydrocarbons. If three or more poor solvents selected from these are used, the purification efficiency is further improved, which is preferable.

又,上述自由基產生膜由含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物構成時,本發明中使用之自由基產生膜形成組成物亦可包含含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物以外的其他聚合物。此時,聚合物全部成分中之其他聚合物之含量宜為5~95質量%,更佳為30~70質量%。In addition, when the above-mentioned radical generating film is composed of a polymer containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization, the radical generating film forming composition used in the present invention may also include a polymer other than a polymer containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization. Other polymers. At this time, the content of other polymers in all the components of the polymer is preferably 5 to 95% by mass, more preferably 30 to 70% by mass.

自由基產生膜形成組成物所具有之聚合物的分子量,考慮塗布自由基產生膜形成組成物而獲得之自由基產生膜的強度、塗膜形成時的作業性、塗膜的均勻性等時,利用GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)法測得之重量平均分子量宜為5,000~1,000,000,更佳為10,000~150,000。When considering the molecular weight of the polymer of the radical generating film forming composition, the strength of the free radical generating film obtained by coating the radical generating film forming composition, the workability during coating film formation, and the uniformity of the coating film are considered. The weight average molecular weight measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method is preferably 5,000-1,000,000, more preferably 10,000-150,000.

藉由塗布具有產生自由基之基的化合物與聚合物之組成物,並硬化而形成膜,來使其固定化在膜中而獲得本發明中使用之自由基產生膜時的聚合物,可使用係選自由依上述製造方法製得之聚醯亞胺前驅體、及聚醯亞胺、聚脲、聚醯胺、聚丙烯酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸酯等構成之群組中之聚合物,且具有發生自由基聚合之部位的二胺使用自由基產生膜形成組成物含有的聚合物之合成所使用之二胺成分全體之0莫耳%的二胺成分而獲得的至少1種聚合物。此時添加的具有產生自由基之基的化合物可列舉下列者。The polymer for obtaining the radical-generating film used in the present invention by applying a composition of a compound having a radical-generating group and a polymer and curing it to form a film and immobilizing it in the film can be used It is a polymer selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors, polyimine, polyurea, polyamide, polyacrylate, polymethacrylate, etc., prepared according to the above-mentioned manufacturing method, and The diamine having a site where radical polymerization occurs uses at least one type of polymer obtained by synthesizing the polymer contained in the radical generating film forming composition with 0 mol% of the total diamine component used in the synthesis of the diamine component. The compound having a radical generating group to be added at this time includes the following.

利用光產生自由基之化合物,只要是會因光照射而開始自由基聚合的化合物,則無特別限定。如此之自由基光聚合引發劑可列舉:二苯甲酮、米蚩酮、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、氧雜蒽酮、噻噸酮、異丙基氧雜蒽酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、2-乙基蒽醌、苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基苯丙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-4’-異丙基苯丙酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、異丙基苯偶因醚、異丁基苯偶因醚、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮、樟腦醌、苯并蒽酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-𠰌啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-𠰌啉基苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、4,4’-二(第三丁基過氧化羰基)二苯甲酮、3,4,4’-三(第三丁基過氧化羰基)二苯甲酮、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、2-(4’-甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(3’,4’-二甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(2’,4’-二甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(2’-甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(4’-戊基氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、4-[對N,N-二(乙氧基羰基甲基)]-2,6-二(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、1,3-雙(三氯甲基)-5-(2’-氯苯基)-s-三𠯤、1,3-雙(三氯甲基)-5-(4’-甲氧基苯基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑(mercaptobenzothiazole)、3,3’-羰基雙(7-二乙基胺基香豆素)、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-肆(4-乙氧基羰基苯基)-1,2’-聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑、2,2’雙(2,4-二溴苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑、2,2’-雙(2,4,6-三氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑、3-(2-甲基-2-二甲基胺基丙醯基)咔唑、3,6-雙(2-甲基-2-𠰌啉基丙醯基)-9-正十二烷基咔唑、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、雙(5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)-雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)-苯基)鈦、3,3’,4,4’-四(第三丁基過氧化羰基)二苯甲酮、3,3’,4,4’-四(第三己基過氧化羰基)二苯甲酮、3,3’-二(甲氧基羰基)-4,4’-二(第三丁基過氧化羰基)二苯甲酮、3,4’-二(甲氧基羰基)-4,3’-二(第三丁基過氧化羰基)二苯甲酮、4,4’-二(甲氧基羰基)-3,3’-二(第三丁基過氧化羰基)二苯甲酮、2-(3-甲基-3H-苯并噻唑-2-亞基)-1-萘-2-基-乙酮、或2-(3-甲基-1,3-苯并噻唑-2(3H)-亞基)-1-(2-苯甲醯基)乙酮等。該等化合物可單獨使用,亦可將2種以上混合使用。The compound that generates radicals by light is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that initiates radical polymerization due to light irradiation. Such radical photopolymerization initiators include: benzophenone, Michler’s ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, xanthone, thioxanthone, isopropyl Xanthone, 2,4-Diethylthioxanthone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropiophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-4'- Cumyl Propiophenone, 1-Hydroxycyclohexyl Phenone, Cumene Ether, Isobutyl Benzene Ether, 2,2-Diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2-Dimethoxy 2-phenylacetophenone, camphorquinone, benzoanthrone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-𠰌line propane-1-one, 2- Benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-𠰌olinylphenyl)-butan-1-one, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminobenzene Isoamyl formate, 4,4'-bis(tertiary butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,4,4'-tris(tertiary butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 2,4 ,6-Trimethylbenzyldiphenylphosphine oxide, 2-(4'-methoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris, 2-( 3',4'-Dimethoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris, 2-(2',4'-Dimethoxystyryl)- 4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris, 2-(2'-methoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris, 2- (4'-Pentyloxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris, 4-[p-N,N-bis(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)]-2 ,6-Bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris, 1,3-bis(trichloromethyl)-5-(2'-chlorophenyl)-s-tris, 1,3-bis( Trichloromethyl)-5-(4'-methoxyphenyl)-s-tris, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylamine Styryl) benzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (mercaptobenzothiazole), 3,3'-carbonyl bis (7-diethylamino coumarin), 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4, 4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-four (4-ethoxy Carbonyl phenyl)-1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'- Biimidazole, 2,2'bis(2,4-dibromophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2, 4,6-trichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 3-(2-methyl-2-dimethylaminopropyl) ) Carbazole, 3,6-bis(2-methyl-2-𠰌linylpropionyl)-9-n-dodecylcarbazole, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, bis(5-2, 4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)-bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-phenyl)titanium, 3,3',4,4'-tetra(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,4'-tetra(tert-hexylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3 ,3'-bis(methoxycarbonyl)-4,4'-bis(tertiary butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,4'-bis(methoxycarbonyl)-4,3'- Di(tertiary butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(methoxycarbonyl)-3,3'-bis(tertiary butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 2- (3-Methyl-3H-benzothiazol-2-ylidene)-1-naphthalene-2-yl-ethanone, or 2-(3-methyl-1,3-benzothiazole-2(3H) -Subunit)-1-(2-benzyl)ethanone and the like. These compounds may be used alone, or two or more of them may be mixed and used.

此外,即使上述自由基產生膜由含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物構成時,為了在進行光照射時促進自由基聚合之目的,也可含有具有上述產生自由基之基的化合物。In addition, even when the radical generating film is composed of a polymer containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization, it may contain a compound having the radical generating group for the purpose of promoting radical polymerization during light irradiation.

自由基產生膜形成組成物可含有溶解或分散聚合物成分、視需要之自由基產生劑以外之含有成分的有機溶劑。如此之有機溶劑並無特別限定,例如可列舉上述聚醯胺酸之合成中所例示的有機溶劑。其中,N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、γ-丁內酯、N-乙基-2-吡咯烷酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙烷醯胺等,就溶解性的觀點係較佳。尤其宜為N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮或N-乙基-2-吡咯烷酮,亦可使用2種以上之混合溶劑。The radical generating film forming composition may contain an organic solvent that dissolves or disperses the polymer component, and optionally contains components other than the radical generator. Such an organic solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the organic solvents exemplified in the synthesis of the above-mentioned polyamide acid. Among them, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 3-methoxy-N,N- Dimethylpropaneamide and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of solubility. Particularly, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone is preferable, and a mixed solvent of two or more kinds can also be used.

又,宜將改善塗膜之均勻性、平滑性的溶劑與自由基產生膜形成組成物之含有成分的溶解性高的有機溶劑混合使用。In addition, it is preferable to mix and use a solvent that improves the uniformity and smoothness of the coating film and an organic solvent that is highly soluble in the components contained in the radical generating film forming composition.

作為改善塗膜之均勻性、平滑性的溶劑,例如可列舉:異丙醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、甲基賽珞蘇、乙基賽珞蘇、丁基賽珞蘇、甲基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、丁基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、乙二醇、乙二醇單乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇、丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇-第三丁醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇、二乙二醇單乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單甲醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單乙醚、二丙二醇單丙醚、二丙二醇單乙酸酯單丙醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、三丙二醇甲醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、二異丙醚、乙基異丁醚、二異丁烯、乙酸戊酯、丁酸丁酯、丁醚、二異丁基酮、甲基環己烯、丙醚、二己醚、正己烷、正戊烷、正辛烷、二乙醚、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸正丙酯、乳酸正丁酯、乳酸異戊酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸丙二醇單乙醚、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲基乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸、3-甲氧基丙酸、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1-乙氧基-2-丙醇、1-丁氧基-2-丙醇、1-苯氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯、丙二醇-1-單甲醚-2-乙酸酯、丙二醇-1-單乙醚-2-乙酸酯、二丙二醇、2-(2-乙氧基丙氧基)丙醇、2-乙基-1-己醇等。該等溶劑亦可混合多種。使用該等溶劑時,宜為液晶配向劑中含有的溶劑全體之5~80質量%,更佳為20~60質量%。As a solvent to improve the uniformity and smoothness of the coating film, for example, isopropanol, methoxymethylpentanol, methyl serosol, ethyl serosol, butyl serosol, methyl serosol Loxoacetate, butyl siloxe acetate, ethyl siloxe acetate, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol, ethyl Glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol-tertiary butyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono Methyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol mono Methyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate monopropyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetic acid Ester, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, diisopropyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, diisobutylene, amyl acetate, butyl butyrate, butyl ether, diisobutyl Ketone, methylcyclohexene, propyl ether, dihexyl ether, n-hexane, n-pentane, n-octane, diethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, n-propyl lactate, n-butyl lactate, isoamyl lactate Ester, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate Ester, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-methoxypropionic acid, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, 1- Methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, 1-phenoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol two Acetate, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate, propylene glycol-1-monoethyl ether-2-acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2-(2-ethoxypropoxy)propanol, 2 -Ethyl-1-hexanol, etc. A plurality of these solvents may be mixed. When these solvents are used, it is preferably 5 to 80% by mass of the total solvent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent, and more preferably 20 to 60% by mass.

自由基產生膜形成組成物中也可含有上述以外之成分。其例可列舉:改善塗布自由基產生膜形成組成物時之膜厚均勻性、表面平滑性的化合物;改善自由基產生膜形成組成物與基板之密接性的化合物;進一步改善自由基產生膜形成組成物之膜強度的化合物等。The radical generating film forming composition may contain components other than the above. Examples include: compounds that improve the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness when coating the radical generating film forming composition; compounds that improve the adhesion between the radical generating film forming composition and the substrate; further improving the free radical generating film formation The compound of the film strength of the composition, etc.

作為改善膜厚之均勻性、表面平滑性的化合物,可列舉氟系界面活性劑、聚矽氧系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑等。更具體而言,例如可列舉:EFTOP EF301、EF303、EF352(Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals公司製)、Megafac F171、F173、R-30(DIC公司製)、Fluorad FC430、FC431(3M公司製)、AsahiGuard AG710、surflon S-382、SC101、SC102、SC103、SC104、SC105、SC106(AGC公司製)等。使用該等界面活性劑時,其使用比例相對於自由基產生膜形成組成物含有的聚合物之總量100質量份,宜為0.01~2質量份,更佳為0.01~1質量份。Examples of compounds that improve the uniformity of film thickness and surface smoothness include fluorine-based surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants. More specifically, for example, EFTOP EF301, EF303, EF352 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals), Megafac F171, F173, R-30 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Fluorad FC430, FC431 (manufactured by 3M), AsahiGuard AG710 , Surflon S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (manufactured by AGC), etc. When these surfactants are used, the use ratio is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of polymers contained in the radical generating film forming composition.

改善自由基產生膜形成組成物與基板之密接性的化合物的具體例,可列舉含有官能性矽烷之化合物、含有環氧基之化合物等。例如可列舉:3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-三乙氧基矽基丙基三伸乙三胺、N-三甲氧基矽基丙基三伸乙三胺、10-三甲氧基矽基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、10-三乙氧基矽基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、9-三甲氧基矽基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、9-三乙氧基矽基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、N-苄基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-苄基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-雙(氧基伸乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-雙(氧基伸乙基)-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、乙二醇二環氧丙醚、聚乙二醇二環氧丙醚、丙二醇二環氧丙醚、三丙二醇二環氧丙醚、聚丙二醇二環氧丙醚、新戊二醇二環氧丙醚、1,6-己烷二醇二環氧丙醚、甘油二環氧丙醚、2,2-二溴新戊二醇二環氧丙醚、1,3,5,6-四環氧丙基-2,4-己烷二醇、N,N,N’,N’-四環氧丙基-間二甲苯二胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二環氧丙基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N’,N’-四環氧丙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3-(N-烯丙基-N-環氧丙基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(N,N-二環氧丙基)胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等。Specific examples of the compound for improving the adhesion between the radical generating film forming composition and the substrate include a compound containing a functional silane, a compound containing an epoxy group, and the like. Examples include: 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-urea Propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyl Triethoxysilane, N-triethoxysilylpropyl triethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxysilylpropyl triethylenetriamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4, 7-triazadecane, 10-triethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, 9-Triethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyl three Ethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-bis(oxyethylene)-3- Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-bis(oxyethylene)-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, Propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin dicyclic Propylene oxide, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraepoxypropyl-2,4-hexanediol, N,N,N', N'-tetraepoxypropyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diepoxypropylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, N,N,N',N'-tetra Glycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3-(N-allyl-N-glycidyl)aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-(N,N- Diepoxypropyl) aminopropyl trimethoxysilane and the like.

又,為了進一步提升自由基產生膜之膜強度,亦可添加2,2’-雙(4-羥基-3,5-二羥基甲基苯基)丙烷、四(甲氧基甲基)雙酚等苯酚化合物。使用該等化合物時,相對於自由基產生膜形成組成物含有的聚合物之總量100質量份,宜為0.1~30質量份,更佳為1~20質量份。In addition, in order to further improve the film strength of the free radical generating film, 2,2'-bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-dihydroxymethylphenyl)propane, tetra(methoxymethyl)bisphenol can also be added And other phenolic compounds. When these compounds are used, it is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of polymers contained in the radical generating film forming composition.

另外,自由基產生膜形成組成物中,除上述外,若在不損及本發明之效果的範圍內,亦可添加為了使自由基產生膜之介電率、導電性等電特性改變的介電體、導電物質。In addition, in addition to the above, in the radical generating film forming composition, if the effect of the present invention is not impaired, a dielectric for changing the electrical properties such as the dielectric rate and conductivity of the radical generating film may be added. Electric body, conductive material.

<自由基產生膜的製作方法> 本發明之自由基產生膜係使用上述自由基產生膜形成組成物而獲得。例如亦可將本發明中使用之自由基產生膜形成組成物塗布於基板後,進行乾燥、煅燒而獲得硬化膜,並將該硬化膜直接作為自由基產生膜使用。又,也可將該硬化膜進行摩擦,或照射偏光或特定波長之光等,或進行離子束等處理,就PSA用配向膜而言亦可對液晶填充後之液晶顯示元件照射UV。<Method of making free radical generating film> The radical generating film of the present invention is obtained by using the above-mentioned radical generating film forming composition. For example, after the radical generating film forming composition used in the present invention is applied to a substrate, it is dried and fired to obtain a cured film, and the cured film can be used as a radical generating film as it is. In addition, the cured film may be rubbed, or irradiated with polarized light or light of a specific wavelength, or processed with ion beams. For the alignment film for PSA, the liquid crystal display element filled with liquid crystal may also be irradiated with UV.

製作自由基產生膜時,所使用之照射光並無特別限制,可因應目的適當選擇,例如可列舉於240~400nm具有峰部之光。為於250~365nm具有峰部之光更佳,為於250~360nm具有峰部之光尤佳。更具體而言,例如可列舉使用於254nm附近、313nm附近具有峰部之光。 又,亦可視需要利用公知的截止濾波器截斷特定波長、特定波長以上或以下之光。When producing the radical generating film, the irradiated light used is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, light having a peak at 240 to 400 nm can be cited. Light having a peak at 250-365nm is more preferred, and light having a peak at 250-360nm is particularly preferred. More specifically, for example, light having a peak in the vicinity of 254 nm and 313 nm is used. In addition, a well-known cut-off filter may be used to cut off light with a specific wavelength, or above or below a specific wavelength, as needed.

塗布自由基產生膜形成組成物之基板只要是透明性高的基板,則無特別限定,又,不限於電極。 例如理想態樣可列舉於基板上形成有用以驅動液晶之透明電極的基板。 舉具體例的話,可列舉於玻璃板、聚碳酸酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚醚碸、聚芳酯、聚胺甲酸酯、聚碸、聚醚、聚醚酮、三甲基戊烯、聚烯烴、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、(甲基)丙烯腈、三乙醯基纖維素、2,3-丁二酮纖維素、乙酸酯丁酸酯纖維素等塑膠板等形成有透明電極的基板。The substrate on which the radical generating film forming composition is applied is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, and it is not limited to electrodes. For example, an ideal aspect may be a substrate on which a transparent electrode for driving liquid crystal is formed on the substrate. Specific examples include glass plates, polycarbonates, poly(meth)acrylates, polyethers, polyarylates, polyurethanes, polyethers, polyethers, polyether ketones, trimethyl Plastics such as pentene, polyolefin, polyethylene terephthalate, (meth)acrylonitrile, triacetyl cellulose, 2,3-butanedione cellulose, cellulose acetate butyrate, etc. A substrate on which a transparent electrode is formed, such as a plate.

IPS模式之液晶顯示元件可使用的基板,亦可使用標準的IPS梳齒電極、PSA魚骨電極之類的電極圖案、MVA之類的突起圖案。 又,在如TFT型元件之高功能元件中,係使用在用以驅動液晶之電極與基板之間形成有如電晶體之元件者。 欲製造透射型液晶顯示元件時,一般使用如上述之基板,但欲製造反射型液晶顯示元件時,若為僅單側之基板,也可使用矽晶圓等不透明的基板。此時,基板上所形成之電極也可使用會反射光之如鋁之材料。The substrates that can be used for IPS mode liquid crystal display elements can also use standard IPS comb-tooth electrodes, PSA herringbone electrodes and other electrode patterns, and MVA and other protrusion patterns. In addition, in high-function devices such as TFT-type devices, a device such as a transistor is formed between an electrode for driving liquid crystal and a substrate. When manufacturing a transmissive liquid crystal display element, the above-mentioned substrate is generally used, but when manufacturing a reflective liquid crystal display element, if it is a single-sided substrate, an opaque substrate such as a silicon wafer can also be used. At this time, the electrode formed on the substrate can also use a material that reflects light, such as aluminum.

自由基產生膜形成組成物的塗布方法,可列舉旋塗法、印刷法、噴墨法、噴塗法、輥塗法等,但考量生產性的方面,工業上廣泛使用轉印印刷法,在本發明亦可理想地使用。The coating method of the radical generating film forming composition includes spin coating, printing, inkjet, spraying, roll coating, etc. However, in terms of productivity, the transfer printing method is widely used in the industry. The invention can also be used ideally.

塗布自由基產生膜形成組成物後之乾燥步驟並非必要,但於各基板之塗布後到煅燒為止的時間不固定時、或塗布後未立即煅燒時,宜包括乾燥步驟。該乾燥只要是將溶劑去除到不會因基板運送等而導致塗膜形狀變形之程度即可,其乾燥手段並無特別限定。例如在溫度40~150℃,宜為60~100℃之加熱板上乾燥0.5~30分鐘,宜為1~5分鐘的方法。The drying step after coating the radical generating film forming composition is not necessary, but it is preferable to include the drying step when the time from coating to firing of each substrate is not fixed or when not firing immediately after coating. The drying method is not particularly limited as long as the solvent is removed to the extent that the shape of the coating film is not deformed due to substrate transportation or the like. For example, drying on a hot plate at a temperature of 40 to 150°C, preferably 60 to 100°C, for 0.5 to 30 minutes, preferably 1 to 5 minutes.

利用上述方法塗布自由基產生膜形成組成物所形成之被膜,所謂自由基產生膜,可進行煅燒而製成硬化膜。此時,煅燒溫度通常可在100~350℃之任意溫度進行,宜為140~300℃,更佳為150~230℃,又更佳為160~220℃。煅燒時間通常可於5~240分鐘之任意時間進行煅燒。宜為10~90分鐘,更佳為20~90分鐘。加熱可使用通常公知的方法,例如可使用加熱板、熱風循環型烘箱、IR(紅外線)型烘箱、帶狀爐等。The coating formed by applying the radical generating film forming composition by the above-mentioned method, the so-called radical generating film, can be calcined to form a cured film. At this time, the calcination temperature can usually be performed at any temperature from 100 to 350°C, preferably 140 to 300°C, more preferably 150 to 230°C, and still more preferably 160 to 220°C. The calcination time can usually be calcination at any time from 5 to 240 minutes. It is preferably 10 to 90 minutes, more preferably 20 to 90 minutes. A generally known method can be used for heating, and for example, a hot plate, a hot air circulation type oven, an IR (infrared) type oven, a belt furnace, etc. can be used.

硬化後之自由基產生膜的厚度可視需要選擇,宜為5nm以上,更佳為10nm以上時,容易獲得液晶顯示元件之可靠性,故較理想。又,硬化膜的厚度宜為300nm以下,更佳為150nm以下時,液晶顯示元件的耗電不會變得極端地大,故較理想。The thickness of the radical generating film after curing can be selected according to needs, preferably 5 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more, since the reliability of the liquid crystal display element can be easily obtained, so it is more desirable. In addition, when the thickness of the cured film is preferably 300 nm or less, and more preferably 150 nm or less, the power consumption of the liquid crystal display element does not become extremely large, which is preferable.

以上述方式可獲得具有自由基產生膜之第一基板,但可對該自由基產生膜實施單軸配向處理。進行單軸配向處理的方法,可列舉光配向法、斜向蒸鍍法、摩擦、利用磁場所為之單軸配向處理等。In the above manner, the first substrate having the radical generating film can be obtained, but the radical generating film can be subjected to uniaxial alignment treatment. The method of performing uniaxial alignment treatment includes photo-alignment method, oblique vapor deposition method, friction, uniaxial alignment treatment using a magnetic field, and the like.

藉由於單方向進行摩擦處理來實施配向處理時,例如係邊使捲繞有摩擦布之摩擦滾筒旋轉,邊以使摩擦布與膜接觸的方式使基板移動。形成有梳齒電極之本發明之第一基板的情況,係利用液晶之電物性來選擇方向,但使用具有正的介電異向性之液晶時,摩擦方向宜和梳齒電極之延伸方向為大致相同的方向。When the alignment treatment is performed by performing the rubbing treatment in one direction, for example, while the rubbing roller wound with the rubbing cloth is rotated, the substrate is moved so that the rubbing cloth is brought into contact with the film. In the case of the first substrate of the present invention formed with comb-teeth electrodes, the direction is selected by using the electrical properties of liquid crystals, but when using liquid crystals with positive dielectric anisotropy, the rubbing direction should be the same as the extension direction of the comb-teeth electrodes Roughly the same direction.

<含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物> 本發明之液晶顯示元件,係使用含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物製作。 與液晶一起使用之聚合性化合物,只要是自由基聚合性化合物,則無特別限定,例如可為於一分子中具有一個或二個以上之聚合性不飽和鍵的化合物。宜為於一分子中具有一個聚合性不飽和鍵的化合物(以下,有時稱為「具有一官能之聚合反應性基的化合物」、「具有單官能之聚合反應性基的化合物」等)。聚合性不飽和鍵宜為自由基聚合性不飽和鍵,例如乙烯基鍵結。<Liquid crystal composition containing liquid crystal and radical polymerizable compound> The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is produced using a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound used with the liquid crystal is not particularly limited as long as it is a radical polymerizable compound. For example, it may be a compound having one or two or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in one molecule. It is preferably a compound having one polymerizable unsaturated bond in one molecule (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "a compound having a monofunctional polymerization-reactive group", "a compound having a monofunctional polymerization-reactive group", etc.). The polymerizable unsaturated bond is preferably a radical polymerizable unsaturated bond, such as a vinyl bond.

自由基聚合性化合物中之至少一種,宜為與液晶具有相容性的於一分子中具有一個聚合性不飽和鍵之化合物,亦即具有單官能之自由基聚合性基的化合物較佳。At least one of the radically polymerizable compounds is preferably a compound having a polymerizable unsaturated bond in one molecule that is compatible with the liquid crystal, that is, a compound having a monofunctional radically polymerizable group.

另外,自由基聚合性化合物的聚合反應性基,宜為選自下列結構中之聚合性基。 [化24]

Figure 02_image041
式中,*表示與化合物分子之聚合性不飽和鍵以外之部分的鍵結部位。Rb 表示碳數3~20之烷基,E表示選自單鍵、-O-、-NRc -、-S-、酯鍵及醯胺鍵之鍵結基。Rc 表示氫原子、碳數1~4之烷基,Rb 之烷基表示直鏈、分支、或環狀之烷基。In addition, the polymerization reactive group of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably a polymerizable group selected from the following structures. [化24]
Figure 02_image041
In the formula, * represents the bonding site with the part other than the polymerizable unsaturated bond of the compound molecule. R b represents an alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and E represents a bonding group selected from a single bond, -O-, -NR c -, -S-, an ester bond, and an amide bond. R c represents a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group of R b represents a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group.

又,含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物中,宜含有使自由基聚合性化合物聚合而獲得之聚合物之Tg為100℃以下的自由基聚合性化合物較佳。In addition, the liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound preferably contains a radical polymerizable compound having a Tg of 100° C. or lower for the polymer obtained by polymerizing the radical polymerizable compound.

具有單官能之自由基聚合反應性基的化合物,係具有在有機自由基的存在下可進行自由基聚合的不飽和鍵者,例如可列舉:甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯、甲基丙烯酸己酯、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、甲基丙烯酸壬酯、甲基丙烯酸月桂酯、甲基丙烯酸正辛酯等甲基丙烯酸酯系單體;丙烯酸第三丁酯、丙烯酸己酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、丙烯酸壬酯、丙烯酸苄酯、丙烯酸月桂酯、丙烯酸正辛酯等丙烯酸酯系單體;苯乙烯、苯乙烯衍生物(例如,鄰、間、對甲氧基苯乙烯、鄰、間、對第三丁氧基苯乙烯、鄰、間、對氯甲基苯乙烯等)、乙烯基酯類(例如,乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、苯甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯等)、乙烯基酮類(例如,乙烯基甲基酮、乙烯基己基酮、甲基異丙烯基酮等)、N-乙烯基化合物(例如,N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮、N-乙烯基吡咯、N-乙烯基咔唑、N-乙烯基吲哚等)、(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物(例如,丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺、異丙基丙烯醯胺、甲基丙烯醯胺等)、鹵化乙烯類(例如,氯乙烯、偏二氯乙烯、四氯乙烯、六氯丙烯、氟乙烯等)等乙烯基單體,但不限於該等。該等各種自由基聚合性單體可單獨使用,亦可倂用2種以上。又,該等宜與液晶具有相容性。A compound having a monofunctional radical polymerization reactive group is a compound having an unsaturated bond that can undergo radical polymerization in the presence of organic radicals. Examples include: tert-butyl methacrylate and hexyl methacrylate , 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, nonyl methacrylate, lauryl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate and other methacrylate-based monomers; t-butyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, acrylic acid 2 -Ethylhexyl, nonyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate and other acrylate monomers; styrene, styrene derivatives (for example, ortho, meta, p-methoxystyrene, Ortho, meta, p-tertiary butoxy styrene, ortho, meta, p-chloromethyl styrene, etc.), vinyl esters (for example, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl acetate Etc.), vinyl ketones (for example, vinyl methyl ketone, vinyl hexyl ketone, methyl isopropenyl ketone, etc.), N-vinyl compounds (for example, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinylindole, etc.), (meth)acrylic acid derivatives (for example, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, acrylamide, isopropylacrylamide, methacrylamide Etc.), vinyl monomers such as vinyl halides (for example, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, tetrachloroethylene, hexachloropropylene, vinyl fluoride, etc.), but are not limited to these. These various radical polymerizable monomers may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used. In addition, these should be compatible with liquid crystals.

又,自由基聚合性化合物為下式(A)表示之化合物亦佳。 [化25]

Figure 02_image043
式(A)中,Ra 及Rb 各自獨立地表示碳數3~20之烷基,E表示選自單鍵、-O-、-NRc -、-S-、酯鍵、醯胺鍵之鍵結基,Rc 表示氫原子、碳數1~4之烷基,Ra 或Rb 之烷基表示直鏈、分支、或環狀之烷基。In addition, the radically polymerizable compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (A). [化25]
Figure 02_image043
In the formula (A), R a and R b each independently represent an alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and E represents selected from a single bond, -O-, -NR c -, -S-, ester bond, amide bond the bonding group, R c represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of, R a or R b represents an alkyl group of a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group of.

另外,就式(A)表示之自由基聚合性化合物而言,式中E為酯鍵(-C(=O)-O-或-O-C(=O)-表示之鍵結)者就合成容易性、對於液晶之相容性、聚合反應性的觀點係較佳,具體而言宜為具有如下結構之化合物,但無特別限定。 [化26]

Figure 02_image045
式(A-1)及(A-2)中,Ra 及Rb 各自獨立地表示碳數3~20之烷基,Ra 及Rb 之烷基各自獨立地表示直鏈、分支、或環狀之烷基。In addition, for the radically polymerizable compound represented by formula (A), where E is an ester bond (-C(=O)-O- or -OC(=O)-), it is easy to synthesize The viewpoints of compatibility, compatibility with liquid crystals, and polymerization reactivity are preferable. Specifically, a compound having the following structure is preferable, but it is not particularly limited. [化26]
Figure 02_image045
Of formula (A-1) and (A-2), R a is and R b each independently represent 3 to 20 carbon atoms of the alkyl group, R a and R b each independently represent an alkyl group of a straight-chain, branched, or Cyclic alkyl.

本發明之自由基聚合性化合物亦可具有垂直配向性基。 本發明中使用之自由基聚合性化合物所具有的垂直配向性基,例如可列舉下式[S1]表示之基。 [化27]

Figure 02_image047
式[S1]中,X1 及X2 獨立地表示單鍵、-(CH2 )a -(a為1~15之整數)、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CON(CH3 )-、-NH-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、或-((CH2 )a1 -A1 )m1 -(多個A1各自獨立地表示1~15之整數,多個A1 各自獨立地表示氧原子或-COO-,m1 為1或2。)。其中,考量原料的取得性、合成容易性的觀點,宜為單鍵、-(CH2 )a -(a為1~15之整數)、-O-、-CH2 O-或-COO-。更佳為單鍵、-(CH2 )a -(a為1~10之整數)、-O-、-CH2 O-或-COO-。 G1 及G2 獨立地為選自碳數6~12之2價芳香族基或碳數3~8之2價脂環族基的2價環狀基,上述環狀基上之任意氫原子亦可經碳數1~3之烷基、碳數1~3之烷氧基、碳數1~3之含氟烷基、碳數1~3之含氟烷氧基或氟原子取代,m及n獨立地為0~3之整數,且它們的合計為0~4,R1 為碳數1~20之烷基、碳數1~20之烷氧基、或碳數2~20之烷氧基烷基,該等基中之任意氫亦可經氟置換,惟,m及n之合計為0時,R1 亦可為具有類固醇骨架之基。 碳數6~12之2價芳香族基,例如可列舉伸苯基、伸聯苯基、伸萘基等。又,碳數3~8之2價脂環族基,例如可列舉伸環丙基、伸環己基等。The radically polymerizable compound of the present invention may also have a vertical alignment group. Examples of the vertical alignment group possessed by the radically polymerizable compound used in the present invention include a group represented by the following formula [S1]. [化27]
Figure 02_image047
In the formula [S1], X 1 and X 2 independently represent a single bond, -(CH 2 ) a- (a is an integer of 1-15), -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CON(CH 3 )-, -NH-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, or -((CH 2 ) a1 -A 1 ) m1- (a plurality of A1s each independently represents an integer of 1-15, and a plurality of A 1s are each independently Ground represents an oxygen atom or -COO-, and m 1 is 1 or 2.). Among them, from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis, a single bond, -(CH 2 ) a- (a is an integer of 1 to 15), -O-, -CH 2 O- or -COO- is preferable. More preferably, it is a single bond, -(CH 2 ) a- (a is an integer of 1 to 10), -O-, -CH 2 O- or -COO-. G 1 and G 2 are independently a divalent cyclic group selected from a divalent aromatic group with 6 to 12 carbons or a divalent alicyclic group with 3 to 8 carbons, and any hydrogen atom on the cyclic group It can also be substituted by a C1-C3 alkyl group, a C1-C3 alkoxy group, a C1-C3 fluorine-containing alkyl group, a C1-C3 fluorine-containing alkoxy group or a fluorine atom, m And n are independently an integer of 0 to 3, and their total is 0 to 4, R 1 is an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 20 carbons, or an alkane with 2 to 20 carbons In the oxyalkyl group, any hydrogen in these groups may be replaced with fluorine, but when the total of m and n is 0, R 1 may also be a group having a steroid skeleton. Examples of the divalent aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include phenylene, biphenylene, and naphthylene. In addition, the divalent alicyclic group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms includes, for example, cyclopropylene and cyclohexylene.

式[S1]之理想具體例,可列舉下式[S1-x1]~[S1-x7]之結構。 [化28]

Figure 02_image049
式[S1-x1]~[S1-x7]中,R1 為碳數1~20之烷基,Xp 表示-(CH2 )a -(a為1~15之整數),A1 為氧原子或-COO-*(惟,標註有「*」之原子鍵係與(CH2 )a2 鍵結)、A2 為氧原子或*-COO-(惟,標註有「*」之原子鍵係與(CH2 )a2 鍵結),a1 、a3 各自獨立地為0或1之整數,a2 為2~10之整數,Cy為1,4-伸環己基或1,4-伸苯基。Ideal specific examples of the formula [S1] include the structures of the following formulas [S1-x1] to [S1-x7]. [化28]
Figure 02_image049
In the formulas [S1-x1]~[S1-x7], R 1 is an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, X p represents -(CH 2 ) a- (a is an integer of 1 to 15), and A 1 is oxygen Atom or -COO-* (except, the atomic bond system marked with "*" is bonded to (CH 2 ) a2 ), A 2 is an oxygen atom or *-COO- (except, the atomic bond system marked "*" Bonded with (CH 2 ) a2), a 1 and a 3 are each independently an integer of 0 or 1, a 2 is an integer of 2-10, and Cy is 1,4-cyclohexylene or 1,4-phenylene base.

上述具有類固醇骨架之基之理想具體例,可列舉下式[S3-x]。 [化29]

Figure 02_image051
式[S3-x]中,Col表示上述式[Col1]~[Col4]中之任一者,G表示上述式[G1]~[G2]中之任一者。*表示鍵結位置。 本發明之自由基聚合性化合物之理想態樣,例如可列舉於上述垂直配向性基[S1]鍵結有上述自由基聚合性基中之任一者的具有垂直配向性基之自由基聚合性化合物。A desirable specific example of the above-mentioned group having a steroid skeleton includes the following formula [S3-x]. [化29]
Figure 02_image051
In the formula [S3-x], Col represents any of the aforementioned formulas [Col1] to [Col4], and G represents any of the aforementioned formulas [G1] to [G2]. *Indicating the bonding position. The ideal aspect of the radically polymerizable compound of the present invention can be exemplified by the above-mentioned vertical-alignment group [S1] bonded to any one of the above-mentioned radically polymerizable groups. Compound.

該等各種自由基聚合性單體可單獨使用,亦可倂用2種以上。又,該等宜與液晶具有相容性。These various radical polymerizable monomers may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used. In addition, these should be compatible with liquid crystals.

液晶組成物中之自由基聚合性化合物之含量,相對於液晶與自由基聚合性化合物之合計質量,宜為3質量%以上,更佳為5質量%以上,宜為50質量%以下,更佳為20質量%以下。The content of the radical polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition, relative to the total mass of the liquid crystal and the radical polymerizable compound, is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably It is 20% by mass or less.

此外,液晶一般係指處於顯示固體與液體之兩者之性質之狀態的物質,代表性的液晶相有向列型液晶與層列型液晶,本發明可使用之液晶並無特別限定。若舉一例,為4-戊基-4’-氰基聯苯。In addition, liquid crystal generally refers to a substance in a state that exhibits the properties of both solid and liquid. Representative liquid crystal phases include nematic liquid crystal and smectic liquid crystal. The liquid crystal that can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited. To give one example, it is 4-pentyl-4'-cyanobiphenyl.

<液晶胞> 本發明之液晶顯示元件,例如可製成以下記載之晶胞結構。 利用上述方法於基板形成自由基產生膜後,將該具有自由基產生膜之第一基板與第二基板,以第一基板上之自由基產生膜面對第二基板的方式進行配置,並於第一基板與第二基板之間填充含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物,藉此製作液晶胞。 本發明中製造之液晶顯示元件,可使用以此種方式獲得之液晶胞。<Liquid crystal cell> The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be made into the cell structure described below, for example. After the radical generating film is formed on the substrate by the above method, the first substrate and the second substrate with the radical generating film are arranged such that the radical generating film on the first substrate faces the second substrate, and the A liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound is filled between the first substrate and the second substrate to produce a liquid crystal cell. The liquid crystal display element manufactured in the present invention can use the liquid crystal cell obtained in this way.

更詳細說明上述液晶胞之製作方法的話,以第一基板上之自由基產生膜面對第二基板的方式進行配置後,夾持間隔件將兩基板以密封劑固定,於第一及第二基板之間注入含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物並密封,藉此獲得液晶胞。 此時使用之間隔件的大小通常為1~30μm,宜為2~10μm。 將含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物注入的方法,並無特別限制,可列舉:將製得之液晶胞內進行減壓後,將含有液晶與聚合性化合物之混合物注入的真空法;滴加含有液晶與聚合性化合物之混合物後進行密封的滴加法等。To describe in more detail the production method of the above-mentioned liquid crystal cell, after disposing the radical generating film on the first substrate facing the second substrate, the two substrates are fixed by the sealant with the spacers between the first and second substrates. A liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound is injected between the substrates and sealed, thereby obtaining a liquid crystal cell. The size of the spacer used at this time is usually 1-30 μm, preferably 2-10 μm. The method of injecting a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound is not particularly limited. Examples include a vacuum method in which a mixture containing liquid crystal and a polymerizable compound is injected after depressurizing the inside of the obtained liquid crystal cell ; The dropping method of sealing after dropping the mixture containing liquid crystal and polymerizable compound.

上述第二基板宜形成用以使液晶配向之配向膜。 該配向膜可為公知的液晶配向膜,亦可為本發明之自由基產生膜中之任一者,可因應目的適當選擇。 對於在第二基板所形成之配向膜可施以單軸配向處理。 如後述,例如於液晶顯示元件形成面外配向區域時,宜於第二基板形成自由基產生膜。 又,例如於液晶顯示元件形成面內配向區域、傾斜配向區域時,宜於第二基板形成經單軸配向處理之水平配向用之液晶配向膜。The above-mentioned second substrate is preferably formed with an alignment film for aligning liquid crystals. The alignment film may be a well-known liquid crystal alignment film, or may be any one of the radical generating films of the present invention, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Uniaxial alignment processing can be applied to the alignment film formed on the second substrate. As described later, for example, when an out-of-plane alignment region is formed in a liquid crystal display element, it is preferable to form a radical generating film on the second substrate. In addition, for example, when the liquid crystal display element forms an in-plane alignment area or an oblique alignment area, it is suitable to form a liquid crystal alignment film for horizontal alignment that has undergone a uniaxial alignment treatment on the second substrate.

<面內配向、面外配向、及傾斜配向區域之形成> 對於使用形成有自由基產生膜之基板,並在基板之間配置含有液晶與自由基聚合性化合物之混合物(液晶組成物)而成的液晶胞,照射足以使自由基聚合性化合物進行聚合反應之光。 如上,本發明係在基板上形成具有錨定力之自由基產生膜,並以使含有特定聚合性化合物之液晶接觸自由基產生膜之狀態,於欲維持錨定力之區域對自由基產生膜照射光。藉由聚合性化合物進行聚合,液晶垂直地配向,其結果,在照射光之區域形成面外配向(垂直配向)區域。<Formation of in-plane alignment, out-of-plane alignment, and inclined alignment regions> For a liquid crystal cell formed by using a substrate on which a radical generating film is formed and disposing a mixture (liquid crystal composition) containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound between the substrates, irradiation is sufficient to cause the radical polymerizable compound to undergo polymerization reaction Light. As above, the present invention forms a free radical generating film with anchoring force on the substrate, and makes the liquid crystal containing a specific polymerizable compound contact the free radical generating film, and the free radical generating film is applied to the area where the anchoring force is to be maintained. Irradiate light. When the polymerizable compound is polymerized, the liquid crystal is aligned vertically, and as a result, an out-of-plane alignment (vertical alignment) region is formed in the region irradiated with light.

此處,所照射之光可列舉於240~400nm具有峰部之光。又,宜照射該當於光自由基產生部位之部分的吸光度變高之波長之光較佳,該光為於250~365nm具有峰部之光更佳,為於250~360nm具有峰部之光尤佳。 更具體而言,例如可使用於313nm附近具有峰部之光。此外,視需要可使用利用公知的截止濾波器截斷特定波長、特定波長以上或以下之光。 光的照射量通常為0.01~30J,宜為10J以下。光的照射量越少,越能抑制構成液晶顯示元件之構件的破壞所致之可靠性降低,且藉由減少光的照射時間來改善製造上之節拍(takt),係較理想。Here, the irradiated light can be exemplified by light having a peak at 240 to 400 nm. In addition, it is preferable to irradiate light of a wavelength at which the absorbance of the part where the light radicals are generated is high. The light is more preferably light having a peak at 250-365nm, especially light having a peak at 250-360nm. good. More specifically, it can be used for light having a peak near 313 nm, for example. In addition, if necessary, a known cut filter can be used to cut off light with a specific wavelength, or above or below the specific wavelength. The amount of light irradiation is usually 0.01-30J, preferably 10J or less. The less the amount of light is irradiated, the lower the reliability caused by the destruction of the components constituting the liquid crystal display element can be suppressed, and it is more desirable to reduce the light irradiating time to improve the takt in manufacturing.

此外,照射光時亦可進行加熱。照射光時之加熱溫度,宜為導入之液晶會展現出液晶性之溫度範圍,通常為40℃以上,宜在未達液晶變化為等向相之溫度進行加熱。In addition, heating can also be performed when irradiating light. The heating temperature when irradiated with light is preferably the temperature range where the introduced liquid crystal exhibits liquid crystallinity, usually above 40°C, and it is better to heat before the temperature at which the liquid crystal changes into an isotropic phase.

又,使自由基聚合性化合物進行聚合反應時之光照射時,宜不施加電壓而於無電場狀態進行較佳。In addition, when the radical polymerizable compound is subjected to light irradiation during the polymerization reaction, it is preferable to proceed in a state without an electric field without applying a voltage.

另一方面,對液晶胞照射光時,於液晶胞之外側配置光罩,並介隔該光罩照射光的話,未曝光部(=不產生自由基之區域)會形成面內配向(水平配向)區域,曝光部如上述會形成面外配向(垂直配向)區域。 所使用之光罩的圖案形狀、圖案大小並無特別限制,可因應目的適當選擇。就圖案形狀而言,例如可列舉線圖案形狀、線/間距(L/S)圖案形狀、點形狀等。就圖案大小而言,可製成微米大小之圖案,例如使用具有5μm節距之L/S圖案形狀的光罩的話,可形成5μm節距之配向圖案。On the other hand, when the liquid crystal cell is irradiated with light, a photomask is placed on the outside of the liquid crystal cell and the light is irradiated through the photomask, the unexposed area (= the region where no radicals are generated) will form an in-plane alignment (horizontal alignment) ) Area, the exposed portion will form an out-of-plane alignment (vertical alignment) area as described above. The pattern shape and pattern size of the mask used are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. As for the pattern shape, for example, a line pattern shape, a line/space (L/S) pattern shape, a dot shape, etc. can be cited. As far as the pattern size is concerned, it can be made into a micron-sized pattern. For example, if a photomask with a L/S pattern shape with a pitch of 5 μm is used, an alignment pattern with a pitch of 5 μm can be formed.

又,藉由在組裝液晶胞的晶胞之前,對自由基產生膜照射光,並使自由基產生膜之自由基產生能力失活,亦可形成面內配向(水平配向)區域。藉由預先對自由基產生膜照射光,使自由基產生能力消失,可製成始終維持於面內方向之錨定強度的狀態。亦即,使用使自由基產生能力失活後之自由基產生膜製作液晶胞,並對該液晶胞照射光,亦可於使自由基產生能力失活之區域形成面內配向(水平配向)區域。 此外,用以使自由基產生膜之自由基產生能力失活所使用的光,可列舉於240~400nm具有峰部之光。又,該光為於250~365nm具有峰部之光更佳,為於250~360nm具有峰部之光尤佳。更具體而言,例如可使用於313nm附近具有峰部之光。此外,視需要亦可使用利用公知的截止濾波器截斷特定波長、特定波長以上或以下之光。 光之照射量通常為0.01~30J,宜為10J以下。In addition, by irradiating the radical generating film with light before assembling the unit cell of the liquid crystal cell, and deactivating the radical generating ability of the radical generating film, an in-plane alignment (horizontal alignment) region can also be formed. By irradiating the free radical generating film with light in advance, the free radical generating ability disappears, and the anchor strength in the in-plane direction can be maintained at all times. That is, by using a free radical generating film that has inactivated the free radical generating ability to produce a liquid crystal cell, and irradiating the liquid crystal cell with light, it is also possible to form an in-plane alignment (horizontal alignment) region in the region where the free radical generating ability is inactivated . In addition, the light used to deactivate the radical generating ability of the radical generating film includes light having a peak at 240 to 400 nm. In addition, the light is more preferably light having a peak at 250-365 nm, and particularly preferably light having a peak at 250-360 nm. More specifically, it can be used for light having a peak near 313 nm, for example. In addition, if necessary, a known cut filter can be used to cut off light with a specific wavelength, or above or below the specific wavelength. The amount of light irradiation is usually 0.01-30J, preferably 10J or less.

在上述未曝光部、上述自由基產生能力失活之區域中,為了使液晶良好地面內配向,宜對自由基產生膜施以單軸配向處理。 又,在上述未曝光部、上述自由基產生能力失活之區域中,為了使液晶良好地面內配向,自由基產生膜中之自由基產生膜形成組成物中含有的聚合物,宜為不含具有垂直配向性之功能的部位者。In the unexposed area and the region where the free radical generating ability is inactivated, it is preferable to apply uniaxial alignment treatment to the free radical generating film in order to align the liquid crystal well in the ground. In addition, in the unexposed area and the region where the free radical generating ability is inactivated, in order to align the liquid crystal well in the ground, the free radical generating film in the free radical generating film forming composition should preferably not contain Those with the function of vertical alignment.

如上述,使用自由基產生膜形成面外配向區域時,可使用形成有自由基產生膜之第一與第二兩基板製作晶胞,並注入含有預定自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物後,從晶胞之外側照射光來將聚合性化合物聚合,而使液晶進行垂直配向。 另一方面,使用自由基產生膜形成面內配向區域時,可對形成有自由基產生膜之第一與第二基板,在晶胞組裝之前預先照射光,使自由基產生能力失活,之後進行晶胞組裝,藉此,即使對製作後之液晶胞照射光,仍可抑制界面反應。 或亦可對不使自由基產生能力失活而製得之液晶胞,於液晶胞之外側配置光罩,介隔該光罩照射光,藉此,於未曝光部可不產生自由基,並不誘發界面反應。As mentioned above, when a radical generating film is used to form the out-of-plane alignment region, the first and second substrates on which the radical generating film is formed can be used to make a unit cell, and after injecting a liquid crystal composition containing a predetermined radical polymerizable compound, Light is irradiated from the outside of the unit cell to polymerize the polymerizable compound, and the liquid crystal is vertically aligned. On the other hand, when a radical generating film is used to form the in-plane alignment region, the first and second substrates on which the radical generating film is formed can be pre-irradiated with light before the unit cell is assembled to deactivate the free radical generating ability. Assemble the unit cell, so that even if the liquid crystal cell is irradiated with light, the interface reaction can be suppressed. Or, for the liquid crystal cell prepared without inactivating the free radical generating ability, a photomask can be arranged on the outside of the liquid crystal cell, and light is irradiated through the photomask, so that free radicals are not generated in the unexposed area, and no free radicals are generated. Induce interface reaction.

液晶顯示元件中,藉由以面內配向區域與面外配向區域相向的方式製作液晶胞,可形成傾斜配向(tilt orientation)區域。 例如,於第一基板與第二基板之兩者使用自由基產生膜時,藉由適當組合上述形成面外配向區域之方法、與形成面內配向區域之方法,可製作出傾斜配向區域。 更具體而言,例如,藉由於第一基板及第二基板中之一基板使用自由基產生膜形成面外配向區域,並於另一基板使用使自由基產生能力失活後之自由基產生膜形成面內配向區域,可形成傾斜配向(tilt orientation)區域。In the liquid crystal display device, by fabricating the liquid crystal cell in such a way that the in-plane alignment area and the out-of-plane alignment area face each other, a tilt orientation area can be formed. For example, when a radical generating film is used for both the first substrate and the second substrate, by appropriately combining the method of forming the out-of-plane alignment region and the method of forming the in-plane alignment region, the inclined alignment region can be produced. More specifically, for example, one of the first substrate and the second substrate uses a radical generating film to form an out-of-plane alignment region, and the other substrate uses a radical generating film that deactivates the radical generating ability. An in-plane alignment area is formed, and a tilt orientation area can be formed.

又,亦可於第一基板及第二基板中之一基板使用自由基產生膜,並於另一基板使用不具自由基產生能力之液晶配向膜。於另一基板使用不具自由基產生能力之液晶配向膜時,液晶配向膜可使用面內配向膜,亦可使用面外配向膜。藉由與上述利用自由基產生膜製作出面內配向區域與面外配向區域得方法組合,可形成由面內配向區域、傾斜配向區域、及面外配向區域之各種組合構成之各種圖案。 液晶配向膜宜經單軸配向處理。In addition, a radical generating film may be used on one of the first substrate and the second substrate, and a liquid crystal alignment film having no radical generating ability may be used on the other substrate. When a liquid crystal alignment film that does not have the ability to generate radicals is used on another substrate, the liquid crystal alignment film can be an in-plane alignment film or an out-of-plane alignment film. By combining with the above-mentioned method of producing in-plane alignment regions and out-of-plane alignment regions using radical generating films, various patterns composed of various combinations of in-plane alignment regions, inclined alignment regions, and out-of-plane alignment regions can be formed. The liquid crystal alignment film should be uniaxially aligned.

又,本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法中,亦可藉由調整液晶組成物中含有的自由基聚合性化合物之含量、對液晶胞照射光時之照射量,而使液晶傾斜配向而非垂直配向,並形成傾斜配向區域。 如上述,根據本發明之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,可製造在具有自由基產生膜之液晶顯示元件中,面內配向區域、面外配向區域、及傾斜配向區域中之至少2個區域經圖案化之液晶顯示元件。In addition, in the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the liquid crystal composition can be adjusted in a liquid crystal composition by adjusting the content of the radical polymerizable compound and the amount of light irradiated to the liquid crystal cell, so that the liquid crystal can be oriented rather than perpendicularly. Alignment, and form an inclined alignment area. As described above, according to the method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention, in a liquid crystal display element with a radical generating film, at least two of the in-plane alignment area, the out-of-plane alignment area, and the oblique alignment area are patterned Chemical liquid crystal display element.

<液晶顯示元件> 根據本發明之製造方法,可在工業上以良好產能製作出面內配向區域、面外配向區域、及傾斜配向區域中之至少2個區域經圖案化的液晶顯示元件。故,使用本發明之製造方法製得之液晶顯示元件在實用上可廣泛地使用。 例如藉由依常法於液晶胞視需要設置反射電極、透明電極、λ/4板、偏光膜、彩色濾光片層等,可作為反射型液晶顯示元件使用。 又,藉由依常法於液晶胞視需要設置背光源、偏光板、λ/4板、透明電極、偏光膜、彩色濾光片層等,可作為透射型液晶顯示元件使用。 圖10係顯示本發明之液晶顯示元件之一例的概略剖面圖,係IPS模式液晶顯示元件之示例。 圖10所例示之液晶顯示元件101中,係在具備自由基產生膜102c之梳齒電極基板102與具備液晶配向膜104a之對向基板104之間夾持液晶組成物103。梳齒電極基板102具有:基材102a、形成於基材102a上且配置成梳齒狀之多個線狀電極102b、及以覆蓋線狀電極102b的方式形成於基材102a上之自由基產生膜102c。對向基板104具有:基材104b、與形成於基材104b上之液晶配向膜104a。 該液晶顯示元件101中,對線狀電極102b施加電壓的話,會如電力線L所示般在線狀電極102b之間產生電場。 圖11係顯示本發明之液晶顯示元件之另一例的概略剖面圖,係FFS模式液晶顯示元件之示例。 圖11所例示之液晶顯示元件101中,係在具備自由基產生膜102h之梳齒電極基板102與具備液晶配向膜104a之對向基板104之間夾持液晶組成物103。梳齒電極基板102具有:基材102d、形成於基材102d上之面電極102e、形成於面電極102e上之絕緣膜102f、形成於絕緣膜102f上且配置成梳齒狀之多個線狀電極102g、及以覆蓋線狀電極102g的方式形成於絕緣膜102f上之自由基產生膜102h。對向基板104具有:基材104b、與形成於基材104b上之液晶配向膜104a。 該液晶顯示元件101中,對面電極102e及線狀電極102g施加電壓的話,會如電力線L所示般在面電極102e及線狀電極102g之間產生電場。 [實施例]<Liquid crystal display element> According to the manufacturing method of the present invention, a liquid crystal display element in which at least two of the in-plane alignment area, the out-of-plane alignment area, and the oblique alignment area are patterned can be manufactured with good productivity in the industry. Therefore, the liquid crystal display element manufactured by the manufacturing method of the present invention can be widely used in practice. For example, a reflective electrode, a transparent electrode, a λ/4 plate, a polarizing film, a color filter layer, etc. can be arranged in the liquid crystal cell according to the conventional method as needed, and it can be used as a reflective liquid crystal display element. In addition, it can be used as a transmissive liquid crystal display element by installing a backlight, a polarizing plate, a λ/4 plate, a transparent electrode, a polarizing film, a color filter layer, etc., in the liquid crystal cell according to the usual method. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, which is an example of an IPS mode liquid crystal display element. In the liquid crystal display element 101 illustrated in FIG. 10, a liquid crystal composition 103 is sandwiched between a comb-shaped electrode substrate 102 provided with a radical generating film 102c and a counter substrate 104 provided with a liquid crystal alignment film 104a. The comb-tooth electrode substrate 102 has: a base material 102a, a plurality of linear electrodes 102b formed on the base material 102a and arranged in a comb-tooth shape, and a radical generator formed on the base material 102a so as to cover the linear electrodes 102b膜102c. The counter substrate 104 has a base material 104b, and a liquid crystal alignment film 104a formed on the base material 104b. In this liquid crystal display element 101, when a voltage is applied to the linear electrodes 102b, an electric field is generated between the linear electrodes 102b as indicated by the lines of force L. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, which is an example of an FFS mode liquid crystal display element. In the liquid crystal display element 101 illustrated in FIG. 11, a liquid crystal composition 103 is sandwiched between a comb-shaped electrode substrate 102 provided with a radical generating film 102h and a counter substrate 104 provided with a liquid crystal alignment film 104a. The comb-tooth electrode substrate 102 has: a substrate 102d, a surface electrode 102e formed on the substrate 102d, an insulating film 102f formed on the surface electrode 102e, and a plurality of lines formed on the insulating film 102f and arranged in a comb-like shape The electrode 102g and the radical generating film 102h formed on the insulating film 102f so as to cover the linear electrode 102g. The counter substrate 104 has a base material 104b, and a liquid crystal alignment film 104a formed on the base material 104b. In this liquid crystal display element 101, when a voltage is applied to the surface electrode 102e and the linear electrode 102g, an electric field is generated between the surface electrode 102e and the linear electrode 102g as indicated by the electric force line L. [Example]

以下舉實施例進一步詳述本發明,但本發明之範圍不限於該等實施例。The following examples further describe the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited to these examples.

實施例中,聚合物之聚合及自由基產生膜形成組成物之製備中使用之化合物的簡稱及特性評價之方法如下。In the examples, the abbreviations of the compounds used in the preparation of the polymer polymerization and the radical generating film forming composition and the methods for evaluating the characteristics are as follows.

[化30]

Figure 02_image053
[化31]
Figure 02_image055
[化30]
Figure 02_image053
[化31]
Figure 02_image055

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、 BCS:丁基賽珞蘇NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, BCS: Butyl Serosu

<黏度測定> 針對聚醯胺酸溶液,使用E型黏度計TVE-22H(東機產業公司製),以樣品量1.1mL、圓錐轉子TE-1(1°34’、R24)之條件測定25℃之黏度。<Viscosity measurement> For the polyamic acid solution, an E-type viscometer TVE-22H (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) was used to measure the viscosity at 25°C with a sample volume of 1.1 mL and a cone rotor TE-1 (1°34', R24).

<分子量的測定> 分子量係利用常溫GPC(凝膠滲透層析)裝置進行測定,以聚乙二醇、聚環氧乙烷換算值的形式算出數量平均分子量(Mn)與重量平均分子量(Mw)。 GPC裝置:GPC-101(昭和電工公司製)、管柱:GPC KD-803、GPC KD-805(昭和電工公司製)之串聯、管柱溫度:50℃、洗提液:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(就添加劑而言,溴化鋰一水合物(LiBr・H2O)為30mmol/L、磷酸-無水結晶(o-磷酸)為30mmol/L、四氫呋喃(THF)為10mL/L)、流速:1.0mL/分鐘 檢量線製作用標準樣品:TSK 標準聚環氧乙烷(分子量;約900,000、150,000、100,000及30,000)(東曹公司製)及聚乙二醇(分子量;約12,000、4,000及1,000)(Polymer Laboratories公司製)。<Measurement of molecular weight> The molecular weight is measured with a normal temperature GPC (gel permeation chromatography) device, and the number average molecular weight (Mn) and weight average molecular weight (Mw) are calculated as polyethylene glycol and polyethylene oxide conversion values. GPC device: GPC-101 (manufactured by Showa Denko), column: GPC KD-803, GPC KD-805 (manufactured by Showa Denko) in series, column temperature: 50°C, eluent: N,N-two Methylformamide (for additives, lithium bromide monohydrate (LiBr・H2O) is 30mmol/L, phosphoric acid-anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) is 30mmol/L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) is 10mL/L), flow rate :1.0mL/min Standard samples for making calibration lines: TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight; approximately 900,000, 150,000, 100,000, and 30,000) (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and polyethylene glycol (molecular weight; approximately 12,000, 4,000, and 1,000) (Polymer Laboratories Corporation).

<醯亞胺化率的測定> 將聚醯亞胺粉末20mg放入NMR樣品管(草野科學公司製 NMR標準取樣管 φ5),並添加氘化二甲基亞碸(DMSO-d6 、0.05質量%TMS(四甲基矽烷)混合品)0.53mL,施以超音波使其完全溶解。利用測定裝置(JEOL公司製、JNW-ECA500)測定該溶液之500MHz之質子NMR。 醯亞胺化率係以來自醯亞胺化前後未變化之結構的質子作為基準質子來決定,使用該質子之峰部累積值、及來自在9.5~10.0ppm附近出現的醯胺基之NH之質子峰部累積值,依下式求出。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(1-α・x/y)×100 式中,x為來自醯胺基之NH之質子峰部累積值,y為基準質子之峰部累積值,α為基準質子相對於聚醯胺酸(醯亞胺化率為0%)時之醯胺基之NH質子1個的個數比例。<Measurement of the imidization rate> Put 20 mg of polyimide powder into the NMR sample tube (NMR standard sampling tube φ5 manufactured by Kusano Scientific Co., Ltd.), and add deuterated dimethyl sulfide (DMSO-d 6 , 0.05 mass %TMS (tetramethylsilane) mixture) 0.53mL, apply ultrasonic wave to make it completely dissolved. The 500 MHz proton NMR of the solution was measured with a measuring device (manufactured by JEOL, JNW-ECA500). The rate of imidization is determined by using the protons from the unchanged structure before and after imidization as the reference protons, using the peak cumulative value of the protons and the ratio of the NH derived from the amido group that appears near 9.5 to 10.0 ppm. The cumulative value of the proton peak is calculated according to the following formula. The imidization rate (%)=(1-α・x/y)×100 where x is the peak cumulative value of NH from the amide group, y is the peak cumulative value of the reference proton, and α is The ratio of the number of reference protons to 1 NH proton of the amide group in the case of polyamide acid (the imidization rate is 0%).

(化合物DA-4之合成) 利用下列方法獲得化合物DA-4。 [化32]

Figure 02_image057
<第1步驟> 對於4,4’-二硝基-[1,1’-聯苯]-2,2’-二羧酸(20.0g、60.2mmol),加入四氫呋喃(120g)、2-羥基-4’-(2-羥基乙氧基)-2-甲基苯丙酮(28.4g、126mmol)、1-乙基-3-(3-二甲基胺基丙基)碳二亞胺(28.0g、181mmol)、及N,N-二甲基胺基吡啶(0.735g、6.02mmol),於室溫徹夜攪拌。反應結束後,利用水/氯仿分液萃取2次,將獲得之有機相進行濃縮,得到水飴狀茶色油。將其以乙酸乙酯/己烷=3/1(體積比)混合溶劑利用管柱層析法進行精製。將獲得之精製物(fraction)濃縮,結果成為黃色透明油,繼續靜置,結果從油析出白色結晶。將析出的結晶以乙酸乙酯/己烷=3/1(體積比)混合溶劑進行漿液洗淨,過濾並使結晶乾燥,得到化合物(DA-4-1)(產量:29.8g、40.0mmol、產率67%)。1 H-NMR(500MHz),於DMSO-d6 :8.57(d, J=2.5Hz, 2H), 8.37(dd, J=8.5Hz, 2.5Hz, 2H), 8.18(d, J=9.0Hz, 4H), 7.55(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 6.85(d, J=9.0Hz, 4H), 5.631(s, 2H), 4.39-4.35(m, 4H), 4.02-3.99(m, 2H), 3.96-3.94(m, 2H), 1.40(s, 12H).(Synthesis of Compound DA-4) Compound DA-4 was obtained by the following method. [化32]
Figure 02_image057
<Step 1> For 4,4'-dinitro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2,2'-dicarboxylic acid (20.0g, 60.2mmol), add tetrahydrofuran (120g) and 2-hydroxyl -4'-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2-methylpropiophenone (28.4g, 126mmol), 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (28.0 g, 181 mmol), and N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.735 g, 6.02 mmol), stirred at room temperature overnight. After the completion of the reaction, it was separated and extracted twice with water/chloroform, and the obtained organic phase was concentrated to obtain a watery brown oil. This was purified by column chromatography using a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate/hexane=3/1 (volume ratio). The obtained fraction was concentrated, and it turned into a yellow transparent oil, and it continued to stand still. As a result, white crystals were precipitated from the oil. The precipitated crystals were washed with a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate/hexane=3/1 (volume ratio), filtered and the crystals were dried to obtain compound (DA-4-1) (yield: 29.8 g, 40.0 mmol, The yield is 67%). 1 H-NMR (500MHz), in DMSO-d 6 : 8.57(d, J=2.5Hz, 2H), 8.37(dd, J=8.5Hz, 2.5Hz, 2H), 8.18(d, J=9.0Hz, 4H), 7.55(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 6.85(d, J=9.0Hz, 4H), 5.631(s, 2H), 4.39-4.35(m, 4H), 4.02-3.99(m, 2H ), 3.96-3.94(m, 2H), 1.40(s, 12H).

<第2步驟> 對於第1步驟中獲得之化合物(DA-4-1)(29.8g、40.0mmol),加入四氫呋喃(240g),進行氮氣置換後,加入3%鉑碳(含水品)(2.38g)並進行氮氣置換,安裝氫氣採樣袋(tedlar bag)並於室溫攪拌約17小時。反應結束後,通過膜過濾器去除鉑碳後,使其濃縮、乾燥,得到化合物(DA-4)(產量:27.4g、40.0mmol、產率quant)。1 H-NMR(500MHz),於DMSO-d6 :8.20(dd, J=7.1Hz, 1.9Hz, 4H), 6.99(d, J=2.5Hz, 2H), 6.92(dd, J=7.3Hz, 1.9Hz, 4H), 6.80(d, J=8.2Hz, 2H), 6.67(dd, J=8.2Hz, 2.5Hz, 2H), 5.64(s, 2H), 5.24(s, 4H), 4.22(t, J=4.5Hz, 4H), 4.00(br, 4H), 1.39(s, 12H).<The second step> To the compound (DA-4-1) (29.8 g, 40.0 mmol) obtained in the first step, tetrahydrofuran (240 g) was added, and after nitrogen replacement, 3% platinum carbon (water-containing product) (2.38) was added g) and perform nitrogen replacement, install a tedlar bag and stir at room temperature for about 17 hours. After the reaction, the platinum carbon was removed by a membrane filter, then concentrated and dried to obtain compound (DA-4) (yield: 27.4 g, 40.0 mmol, quant). 1 H-NMR(500MHz), in DMSO-d 6 : 8.20(dd, J=7.1Hz, 1.9Hz, 4H), 6.99(d, J=2.5Hz, 2H), 6.92(dd, J=7.3Hz, 1.9Hz, 4H), 6.80(d, J=8.2Hz, 2H), 6.67(dd, J=8.2Hz, 2.5Hz, 2H), 5.64(s, 2H), 5.24(s, 4H), 4.22(t , J=4.5Hz, 4H), 4.00(br, 4H), 1.39(s, 12H).

(聚合物之聚合、及自由基產生膜形成組成物之製備) <合成例1>TC-1(50)TC-2(50)/DA-1(70)DA-2(30)聚醯亞胺之合成 於配備有氮氣導入管、空冷管、機械攪拌器之100mL之4口燒瓶中,量取3.78g(35.0mmol)之DA-1、及4.96g(15.0mmol)之DA-2,加入35.0g之NMP並於氮氣環境下攪拌,使其完全溶解。確認溶解後,加入6.26g(25.0mmol)之TC-2、及25.0g之NMP,並於氮氣環境下在60℃加熱攪拌3小時。之後,加入4.12g(21.0mmol)之TC-1、16.5g之NMP,於室溫攪拌12小時。確認聚合黏度,進一步添加TC-1以使聚合黏度成為1000mPa・s,得到聚醯胺酸濃度為20質量%之聚合液。 於配備有磁力攪拌器之200mL之三角燒瓶中,量取上述獲得之聚醯胺酸溶液50.0g,並加入92.9g之NMP,製備固體成分濃度為7質量%之溶液,邊攪拌邊加入乙酸酐10.6g(103mmol)、及吡啶3.28g(41.4mmol),於室溫攪拌30分鐘後,在60℃加熱攪拌3小時。之後,使溶液恢復至室溫,邊攪拌邊注入至500mL之甲醇中,使固體析出。重複該操作二次後,風乾並於設定為60℃之真空烘箱中進行乾燥,藉此得到Mn為11,453、Mw為27,655、醯亞胺化率為67.0%之聚醯亞胺粉末(PI-1)。(Polymer polymerization and preparation of free radical generating film forming composition) <Synthesis example 1> Synthesis of TC-1(50)TC-2(50)/DA-1(70)DA-2(30) polyimide In a 100 mL 4-neck flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet tube, an air cooling tube, and a mechanical stirrer, measure 3.78 g (35.0 mmol) of DA-1 and 4.96 g (15.0 mmol) of DA-2, and add 35.0 g of DA-1 The NMP was stirred under nitrogen to completely dissolve it. After confirming the dissolution, 6.26 g (25.0 mmol) of TC-2 and 25.0 g of NMP were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 60° C. for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After that, 4.12 g (21.0 mmol) of TC-1 and 16.5 g of NMP were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The polymerization viscosity was confirmed, and TC-1 was further added to make the polymerization viscosity 1000 mPa・s, and a polymerization solution with a polyamide acid concentration of 20% by mass was obtained. In a 200 mL Erlenmeyer flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, weigh 50.0 g of the polyamide acid solution obtained above, and add 92.9 g of NMP to prepare a solution with a solid content of 7% by mass, and add acetic anhydride while stirring 10.6 g (103 mmol) and 3.28 g (41.4 mmol) of pyridine were stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then heated and stirred at 60°C for 3 hours. After that, the solution was returned to room temperature and poured into 500 mL of methanol while stirring to precipitate a solid. After repeating this operation twice, it was air-dried and dried in a vacuum oven set at 60°C to obtain a polyimide powder (PI-1) with Mn of 11,453, Mw of 27,655, and 67.0% ).

<合成例2>TC-1(50)TC-2(50)/DA-1(50)DA-2(50)聚醯亞胺之合成 如表1所示般變更所使用之單體的量,除此以外,利用與合成例1同樣之方法,得到聚醯亞胺粉末(PI-2)。該聚醯亞胺粉末之Mn為21,959,Mw為67,088,醯亞胺化率為62.2%。<Synthesis example 2> Synthesis of TC-1(50)TC-2(50)/DA-1(50)DA-2(50) polyimide Except changing the amount of monomers used as shown in Table 1, the same method as in Synthesis Example 1 was used to obtain polyimide powder (PI-2). The Mn of the polyimide powder was 21,959, the Mw was 67,088, and the imidization rate was 62.2%.

<合成例3>TC-1(50)TC-2(50)/DA-2(100)聚醯亞胺之合成 如表1所示般變更所使用之單體的量,除此以外,利用與合成例1同樣之方法,得到聚醯亞胺粉末(PI-3)。該聚醯亞胺粉末之Mn為21,959,Mw為67,088,醯亞胺化率為72.0%。<Synthesis Example 3> Synthesis of TC-1(50)TC-2(50)/DA-2(100) Polyimide Except changing the amount of monomers used as shown in Table 1, the same method as in Synthesis Example 1 was used to obtain polyimide powder (PI-3). The Mn of the polyimide powder was 21,959, the Mw was 67,088, and the imidization rate was 72.0%.

<合成例4>TC-3(100)/DA-3(50)DA-4(50)聚醯胺酸之聚合 於配備有氮氣導入管、空冷管、機械攪拌器之100mL之4口燒瓶中,量取2.44g(10.00mmol)之DA-3、及6.85g(10.00mmol)之DA-4,加入52.6g之NMP並於氮氣環境下攪拌,使其完全溶解。確認溶解後,加入4.21g(18.80mmol)之TC-3及23.9g之NMP,於氮氣環境下在40℃加熱攪拌12小時。確認聚合黏度,進一步添加TC-3以使聚合黏度成為400mPa・s,得到聚醯胺酸濃度為15質量%之聚合液(PAA-1)。該聚醯胺酸之Mn為16,331,Mw為42,999。<Synthesis example 4> Polymerization of TC-3(100)/DA-3(50)DA-4(50) polyamide acid In a 100mL 4-necked flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet tube, an air cooling tube, and a mechanical stirrer, weigh 2.44g (10.00mmol) of DA-3 and 6.85g (10.00mmol) of DA-4, and add 52.6g of The NMP was stirred under nitrogen to completely dissolve it. After confirming the dissolution, 4.21 g (18.80 mmol) of TC-3 and 23.9 g of NMP were added, and heated and stirred at 40° C. for 12 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The polymerization viscosity was confirmed, and TC-3 was further added to make the polymerization viscosity 400 mPa・s, and a polymerization solution (PAA-1) with a polyamide acid concentration of 15% by mass was obtained. The Mn of the polyamide acid is 16,331, and the Mw is 42,999.

<合成例5>AC-1(40)AC-2(60)聚甲基丙烯酸酯之合成 於配備有氮氣導入管、空冷管、機械攪拌器之100mL之4口燒瓶中,量取5.00g(15.0mmol)之AC-1、6.91g(22.6mmol)之AC-2、及0.185g(1.13mmol)之AIBN,加入67.5g之NMP並於氮氣環境下攪拌,使其完全溶解。將該溶液進行真空脫氣後,於氮氣環境下在60℃加熱攪拌12小時。之後,使溶液恢復至室溫,邊攪拌邊注入至300mL至甲醇中,使固體析出。重複該操作二次後,風乾並於設定為60℃之真空烘箱中進行乾燥,藉此得到Mn為37,197、Mw為116,919之聚甲基丙烯酸酯粉末(PMA-1)。<Synthesis example 5> Synthesis of AC-1(40)AC-2(60) polymethacrylate In a 100mL 4-necked flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet tube, an air cooling tube, and a mechanical stirrer, weigh out 5.00g (15.0mmol) of AC-1, 6.91g (22.6mmol) of AC-2, and 0.185g (1.13) mmol) AIBN, add 67.5 g of NMP and stir under a nitrogen atmosphere to completely dissolve it. After the solution was vacuum degassed, it was heated and stirred at 60° C. for 12 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. After that, the solution was returned to room temperature and poured into 300 mL of methanol while stirring to precipitate a solid. After repeating this operation twice, it was air-dried and dried in a vacuum oven set at 60°C, thereby obtaining polymethacrylate powder (PMA-1) with Mn of 37,197 and Mw of 116,919.

<自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-1之製備> 於配備有磁力攪拌器之15mL小瓶(vial)中,量取0.90g之合成例1中獲得之聚醯亞胺粉末(PI-1),並加入5.10g之NMP,於50℃加熱攪拌,得到固體成分濃度為15質量%之高分子溶液。於其中加入6.00g之NMP、及3.00g之BCS,進一步攪拌3小時,藉此得到本發明之自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-1(固體成分:6.0質量%、NMP:74質量%、BCS:20質量%)。<Free radical generating film forming composition: Preparation of AL-1> In a 15 mL vial equipped with a magnetic stirrer, weigh 0.90 g of the polyimide powder (PI-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and add 5.10 g of NMP, and heat and stir at 50°C to obtain A polymer solution with a solid content concentration of 15% by mass. 6.00 g of NMP and 3.00 g of BCS were added thereto, and further stirred for 3 hours, thereby obtaining the radical generating film forming composition of the present invention: AL-1 (solid content: 6.0% by mass, NMP: 74% by mass, BCS: 20% by mass).

<自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-2之製備> 使用合成例2中獲得之聚醯亞胺粉末(PI-2),利用與AL-1之製備同樣之方法得到本發明之自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-2(固體成分:6.0質量%、NMP:74質量%、BCS:20質量%)。<Free radical generating film forming composition: Preparation of AL-2> Using the polyimide powder (PI-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, the radical generating film forming composition of the present invention was obtained by the same method as the preparation of AL-1: AL-2 (solid content: 6.0% by mass) , NMP: 74% by mass, BCS: 20% by mass).

<自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-3之製備> 使用合成例3中獲得之聚醯亞胺粉末(PI-3),利用與AL-1之製備同樣之方法得到本發明之自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-3(固體成分:6.0質量%、NMP:74質量%、BCS:20質量%)。<Free radical generating film forming composition: Preparation of AL-3> Using the polyimide powder (PI-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, the radical generating film forming composition of the present invention was obtained by the same method as the preparation of AL-1: AL-3 (solid content: 6.0% by mass) , NMP: 74% by mass, BCS: 20% by mass).

<自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-4之製備> 於配備有磁力攪拌器之15mL小瓶(vial)中,量取6.00g之合成例4中獲得之聚醯胺酸(PAA-1),並加入6.00g之NMP、及3.00g之BCS,攪拌3小時,藉此得到本發明之自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-4(固體成分:6.0質量%、NMP:74質量%、BCS:20質量%)。<Free radical generating film forming composition: Preparation of AL-4> In a 15 mL vial equipped with a magnetic stirrer, weigh 6.00 g of the polyamide acid (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 4, add 6.00 g of NMP and 3.00 g of BCS, and stir for 3 For hours, the radical generating film forming composition of the present invention: AL-4 (solid content: 6.0% by mass, NMP: 74% by mass, and BCS: 20% by mass) was obtained by this.

<自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-5之製備> 於配備有磁力攪拌器之15mL小瓶(vial)中,量取0.27g之合成例5中獲得之聚甲基丙烯酸酯粉末(PMA-1)、及0.63g之合成例3中獲得之聚醯亞胺粉末(PI-3),並加入5.10g之NMP,於60℃加熱攪拌,得到固體成分濃度為15質量%之高分子溶液。於其中加入6.00g之NMP、及3.00g之BCS,進一步攪拌3小時,藉此得到本發明之自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-5(固體成分:6.0質量%、NMP:74質量%、BCS:20質量%)。<Free radical generating film forming composition: Preparation of AL-5> In a 15 mL vial equipped with a magnetic stirrer, measure 0.27 g of the polymethacrylate powder (PMA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and 0.63 g of the polymethacrylate powder obtained in Synthesis Example 3 Amine powder (PI-3) was added with 5.10g of NMP, and heated and stirred at 60°C to obtain a polymer solution with a solid content of 15% by mass. 6.00 g of NMP and 3.00 g of BCS were added thereto, and further stirred for 3 hours to obtain the radical generating film forming composition of the present invention: AL-5 (solid content: 6.0% by mass, NMP: 74% by mass, BCS: 20% by mass).

<自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-6之製備> 於配備有磁力攪拌器之15mL小瓶(vial)中,量取0.45g之合成例5中獲得之聚甲基丙烯酸酯粉末(PMA-1)、及0.45g之合成例3中獲得之聚醯亞胺粉末(PI-3),並加入5.10g之NMP,於60℃加熱攪拌,得到固體成分濃度為15質量%之高分子溶液。於其中加入6.00g之NMP、及3.00g之BCS,進一步攪拌3小時,藉此得到本發明之自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-6(固體成分:6.0質量%、NMP:74質量%、BCS:20質量%)。<Free radical generating film forming composition: Preparation of AL-6> In a 15 mL vial equipped with a magnetic stirrer, weigh 0.45 g of the polymethacrylate powder (PMA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and 0.45 g of the polymethacrylate powder obtained in Synthesis Example 3 Amine powder (PI-3) was added with 5.10g of NMP, and heated and stirred at 60°C to obtain a polymer solution with a solid content of 15% by mass. 6.00 g of NMP and 3.00 g of BCS were added thereto, and further stirred for 3 hours to obtain the radical generating film forming composition of the present invention: AL-6 (solid content: 6.0% by mass, NMP: 74% by mass, BCS: 20% by mass).

<非自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-7之製備> 使用合成例5中獲得之聚甲基丙烯酸酯粉末(PMA-1),利用與AL-1之製備同樣之方法得到本發明之比較對象之非自由基產生膜形成組成物:AL-7(固體成分:6.0質量%、NMP:74質量%、BCS:20質量%)。<Non-radical generating film forming composition: Preparation of AL-7> Using the polymethacrylate powder (PMA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, the non-radical generating film-forming composition of the comparative object of the present invention was obtained by the same method as the preparation of AL-1: AL-7 (solid Ingredients: 6.0% by mass, NMP: 74% by mass, BCS: 20% by mass).

聚醯胺酸、及聚醯亞胺之組成如下列表1所示。 [表1] 四羧酸二酐(mol%) 二胺(mol%) TC-1 TC-2 TC-3 DA-1 DA-2 DA-3 DA-4 PI-1 50 50 - 70 30 - - PI-2 50 50 - 50 50 - - PI-3 50 50 - - 100 - - PAA-1 - - 100 - - 50 50 The composition of polyamide acid and polyimide is shown in Table 1 below. [Table 1] Tetracarboxylic dianhydride (mol%) Diamine (mol%) TC-1 TC-2 TC-3 DA-1 DA-2 DA-3 DA-4 PI-1 50 50 - 70 30 - - PI-2 50 50 - 50 50 - - PI-3 50 50 - - 100 - - PAA-1 - - 100 - - 50 50

聚甲基丙烯酸酯之組成如下列表2所示。 [表2] 甲基丙烯酸(mol%) AC-1 AC-2 PMA-1 40 60 The composition of polymethacrylate is shown in Table 2 below. [Table 2] Methacrylic acid (mol%) AC-1 AC-2 PMA-1 40 60

自由基產生膜形成組成物及非自由基產生膜形成組成物之組成如下列表3所示。 [表3] 聚醯亞胺固體成分(%) 聚醯胺酸固體成分(%) 聚甲基丙烯酸酯固體成分(%) NMP 質量% BCS 質量% AL-1 PI-1(6.0) - - 74 20 AL-2 PI-2(6.0) - - 74 20 AL-3 PI-3(6.0) - - 74 20 AL-4 - PAA-1(6.0) - 74 20 AL-5 PI-3(1.8) - PMA-1(4.2) 74 20 AL-6 PI-3(3.0) - PMA-1(3.0) 74 20 AL-7 - - PMA-1(6.0) 74 20 The composition of the radical generating film forming composition and the non-radical generating film forming composition are shown in Table 3 below. [table 3] Polyimide solid content (%) Polyamide acid solid content (%) Polymethacrylate solid content (%) NMP mass% BCS quality% AL-1 PI-1(6.0) - - 74 20 AL-2 PI-2(6.0) - - 74 20 AL-3 PI-3(6.0) - - 74 20 AL-4 - PAA-1(6.0) - 74 20 AL-5 PI-3(1.8) - PMA-1(4.2) 74 20 AL-6 PI-3(3.0) - PMA-1(3.0) 74 20 AL-7 - - PMA-1(6.0) 74 20

液晶種之組成如下列表4所示。 [表4] 使用液晶 聚合性化合物(添加劑) 名稱 添加量 (質量%) LC-1 MLC-7026 - - LC-2 MLC-3019 - - LC-3 MLC-7026 DMA 1 LC-4 MLC-7026 DMA 3 LC-5 MLC-7026 DMA 5 LC-6 MLC-3019 DMA 5 LC-7 MLC-7026 DMA 10 LC-8 MLC-7026 IC-12 5 LC-9 MLC-7026 AAA-C6C6 5 LC-10 MLC-3019 AAA-C6C6 5 LC-11 MLC-7026 MACH-C5 5 The composition of the liquid crystal species is shown in Table 4 below. [Table 4] Use LCD Polymeric compound (additive) name Addition amount (mass%) LC-1 MLC-7026 - - LC-2 MLC-3019 - - LC-3 MLC-7026 DMA 1 LC-4 MLC-7026 DMA 3 LC-5 MLC-7026 DMA 5 LC-6 MLC-3019 DMA 5 LC-7 MLC-7026 DMA 10 LC-8 MLC-7026 IC-12 5 LC-9 MLC-7026 AAA-C6C6 5 LC-10 MLC-3019 AAA-C6C6 5 LC-11 MLC-7026 MACH-C5 5

(聚合性化合物) 表4記載之聚合性化合物(添加劑)係以下述方式獲得。 <聚合性化合物合成例1> 伊康酸二(十二烷)酯(IC-12)之合成 [化33]

Figure 02_image059
於安裝有Dean-Stark管之4口燒瓶中,量取伊康酸30.0g(231mmol)、及1-十二醇81.6g(438mmol),以環己烷(700mL)使其完全溶解。確認溶解後,加入濃硫酸1.13g(11.5mmol)、及二丁基羥基甲苯(BHT)0.51g(2.31mmol),於氮氣環境下在120℃加熱攪拌24小時。利用核磁共振光譜(1 H-NMR光譜)確認反應結束後,在反應溶液中加入正己烷100mL,以10%碳酸鈉水溶液100g洗淨3次,並以純水100mL洗淨3次,利用無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥。過濾、濃縮後,進行真空乾燥,藉此得到白色固體78.0g(167mmol:產率76.3%)。就結構而言利用1 H-NMR光譜確認係目的物。測定數據如下所示。1 H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl3 )δ:6.30(1H)、5.65(1H)、4.20-4.00(4H)、3.32(2H)、1.64-1.58(4H)、1.40-1.25(36H)、0.96-0.83(6H)(Polymerizable compound) The polymerizable compound (additive) described in Table 4 was obtained in the following manner. <Synthesis Example 1 of Polymeric Compounds> Synthesis of Didodecyl Iconate (IC-12) [Chemical 33]
Figure 02_image059
In a 4-necked flask equipped with a Dean-Stark tube, 30.0 g (231 mmol) of itaconic acid and 81.6 g (438 mmol) of 1-dodecanol were measured, and the mixture was completely dissolved in cyclohexane (700 mL). After confirming the dissolution, 1.13 g (11.5 mmol) of concentrated sulfuric acid and 0.51 g (2.31 mmol) of dibutylhydroxytoluene (BHT) were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 120° C. for 24 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. After confirming the completion of the reaction by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy ( 1 H-NMR spectrum), add 100 mL of n-hexane to the reaction solution, wash with 100 g of 10% sodium carbonate aqueous solution 3 times, and wash with 100 mL of pure water 3 times, using anhydrous sulfuric acid Magnesium dries it. After filtration and concentration, vacuum drying was performed to obtain 78.0 g (167 mmol: yield 76.3%) of a white solid. In terms of structure, the target product was confirmed by 1 H-NMR spectrum. The measurement data is shown below. 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 6.30 (1H), 5.65 (1H), 4.20-4.00 (4H), 3.32 (2H), 1.64-1.58 (4H), 1.40-1.25 (36H), 0.96- 0.83(6H)

<聚合性化合物合成例2> 二己基丙烯醯胺(AAA-C6C6)之合成 [化34]

Figure 02_image061
於4口燒瓶中,量取二己胺33.3g(180mmol)、及三乙胺27.3g(270mmol),並加入500mL之THF,於室溫使其完全溶解。確認溶解後,將反應容器進行冰冷,並保持系內為0℃,緩慢滴加丙烯醯氯17.9g(198mmol)。利用核磁共振光譜(1 H-NMR光譜)確認反應結束後,在反應溶液中加入乙酸乙酯100mL,以10%碳酸鈉水溶液100g洗淨3次,並以純水100mL洗淨3次,利用無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥。過濾、濃縮後,進行真空乾燥,藉此得到透明油狀液體33.6g(140mmol:產率78.1%)。就結構而言利用1 H-NMR光譜確認係目的物。測定數據如下所示。1 H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6 )δ:6.62(1H)、6.04(1H)、5.58(1H)、3.20-4.00(4H)、3.35-3.25(4H)、1.64-1.58(4H)、1.30-1.25(12H)、0.96-0.83(6H)<Synthesis example 2 of polymerizable compound> Synthesis of dihexylacrylamide (AAA-C6C6) [Chemical 34]
Figure 02_image061
In a 4-necked flask, 33.3 g (180 mmol) of dihexylamine and 27.3 g (270 mmol) of triethylamine were measured, 500 mL of THF was added, and it was completely dissolved at room temperature. After confirming the dissolution, the reaction vessel was ice-cooled, and while maintaining the system at 0°C, 17.9 g (198 mmol) of acrylic chloride was slowly added dropwise. After confirming the completion of the reaction by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy ( 1 H-NMR spectrum), add 100 mL of ethyl acetate to the reaction solution, wash with 100 g of 10% sodium carbonate aqueous solution 3 times, and wash with 100 mL of pure water 3 times, using anhydrous Magnesium sulfate makes it dry. After filtration and concentration, vacuum drying was performed to obtain 33.6 g (140 mmol: 78.1% yield) of a transparent oily liquid. In terms of structure, the target product was confirmed by 1 H-NMR spectrum. The measurement data is shown below. 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ: 6.62 (1H), 6.04 (1H), 5.58 (1H), 3.20-4.00 (4H), 3.35-3.25 (4H), 1.64-1.58 (4H), 1.30-1.25(12H), 0.96-0.83(6H)

<聚合性化合物合成例3> 甲基丙烯酸4-戊基環己酯(MACH-C5)之合成 [化35]

Figure 02_image063
於4口燒瓶中,量取4-戊基環己醇25.0g(147mmol)、及三乙胺22.3g(220mmol),加入400mL之THF,於室溫使其完全溶解。確認溶解後,在冰浴中保持系內為0℃,緩慢滴加甲基丙烯醯氯18.4g(176mmol)。利用核磁共振光譜(1 H-NMR光譜)確認反應結束後,在反應溶液中加入己烷100mL,以10%碳酸鈉水溶液100g洗淨3次,並以純水100mL洗淨3次,利用無水硫酸鎂使其乾燥。過濾、濃縮後,進行真空乾燥,藉此得到透明油狀液體20.3g(86.2mmol:產率58.0%)。就結構而言利用1 H-NMR光譜確認係目的物。測定數據如下所示。1 H-NMR(400 MHz,DMSO-d6 )δ:6.15-5.95(1H)、5.65-5.60(1H)、4.95-4.90(0.60H)、4.65-4.57(0.40H)、1.89-1.86(3H)、1.79-1.74(2H)、1.56-1.50(2H)、1.36-1.15(11H)、0.87-0.84(3H)<Polymerizable compound synthesis example 3> Synthesis of 4-pentylcyclohexyl methacrylate (MACH-C5) [Chemical 35]
Figure 02_image063
In a 4-necked flask, measure 25.0 g (147 mmol) of 4-pentylcyclohexanol and 22.3 g (220 mmol) of triethylamine, add 400 mL of THF, and dissolve it completely at room temperature. After confirming the dissolution, the system was kept at 0°C in an ice bath, and 18.4 g (176 mmol) of methacrylic acid chloride was slowly added dropwise. After confirming the completion of the reaction by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy ( 1 H-NMR spectrum), add 100 mL of hexane to the reaction solution, wash with 100 g of 10% sodium carbonate aqueous solution 3 times, and wash with 100 mL of pure water 3 times, using anhydrous sulfuric acid Magnesium dries it. After filtration and concentration, vacuum drying was performed to obtain 20.3 g (86.2 mmol: yield 58.0%) of a transparent oily liquid. In terms of structure, the target product was confirmed by 1 H-NMR spectrum. The measurement data is shown below. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ: 6.15-5.95(1H), 5.65-5.60(1H), 4.95-4.90(0.60H), 4.65-4.57(0.40H), 1.89-1.86(3H) ), 1.79-1.74(2H), 1.56-1.50(2H), 1.36-1.15(11H), 0.87-0.84(3H)

<聚合性化合物之購入> 聚合性化合物DMA係直接使用從東京化成工業(股)公司(TCI)購入者。<Purchase of polymerizable compounds> The polymerizable compound DMA is directly purchased from Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (TCI).

(液晶顯示元件的製作) 使用上述獲得之AL-1~AL-7、及係水平配向用之液晶配向劑的SE-6414、NRB-U438(日產化學公司製),製作液晶胞,並製作下列表5所示之構成之液晶顯示元件。(Production of liquid crystal display element) Using the AL-1 to AL-7 obtained above, and SE-6414, NRB-U438 (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.), which are liquid crystal alignment agents for horizontal alignment, were used to fabricate liquid crystal cells, and the structures shown in Table 5 below were fabricated Liquid crystal display element.

液晶胞之構成如下列表5所示。 [表5] 液晶胞之晶胞編號 第一基板 第二基板 第一、二基板之配向處理 液晶種 二次照射量 (J/cm2 ) 1 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-5 10 2 AL-2 SE-6414 摩擦處理 LC-5 10 3 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-1 10 4 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-2 10 5 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-3 10 6 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-4 10 7 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-5 10 8 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-6 30 9 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-7 10 10 AL-1 AL-1 摩擦處理 LC-5 10 11 AL-3 AL-3 摩擦處理 LC-5 10 12 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-5 0 13 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-5 1 14 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-5 3 15 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-5 5 16 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-5 10 17 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-8 5 18 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-9 5 19 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-10 30 20 AL-2 AL-2 摩擦處理 LC-11 5 21 AL-4 AL-4 光配向 LC-5 10 22 AL-5 AL-5 光配向 LC-5 10 23 AL-6 AL-6 光配向 LC-5 10 24 AL-5 AL-7 光配向 LC-5 10 25 AL-6 AL-7 光配向 LC-5 10 26 AL-7 AL-7 光配向 LC-5 10 27 SE-6414 SE-6414 摩擦處理 LC-5 10 28 NRB-U438 NRB-U438 光配向 LC-5 10 The composition of the liquid crystal cell is shown in Table 5 below. [table 5] Cell number of liquid crystal cell First substrate Second substrate Alignment processing of the first and second substrates Liquid crystal species Secondary exposure (J/cm 2 ) 1 AL-2 without Friction treatment LC-5 10 2 AL-2 SE-6414 Friction treatment LC-5 10 3 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-1 10 4 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-2 10 5 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-3 10 6 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-4 10 7 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-5 10 8 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-6 30 9 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-7 10 10 AL-1 AL-1 Friction treatment LC-5 10 11 AL-3 AL-3 Friction treatment LC-5 10 12 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-5 0 13 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-5 1 14 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-5 3 15 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-5 5 16 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-5 10 17 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-8 5 18 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-9 5 19 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-10 30 20 AL-2 AL-2 Friction treatment LC-11 5 twenty one AL-4 AL-4 Optical alignment LC-5 10 twenty two AL-5 AL-5 Optical alignment LC-5 10 twenty three AL-6 AL-6 Optical alignment LC-5 10 twenty four AL-5 AL-7 Optical alignment LC-5 10 25 AL-6 AL-7 Optical alignment LC-5 10 26 AL-7 AL-7 Optical alignment LC-5 10 27 SE-6414 SE-6414 Friction treatment LC-5 10 28 NRB-U438 NRB-U438 Optical alignment LC-5 10

<第一、第二基板> 第一、第二基板,係30mm×40mm之大小且厚度為1.1mm之無鹼玻璃基板。於基板上形成10μm之厚度之ITO(Indium-Tin-Oxide)電極。第一基板與第二基板係相同基板,為方便起見將名稱分開。<First and second substrates> The first and second substrates are alkali-free glass substrates with a size of 30mm×40mm and a thickness of 1.1mm. An ITO (Indium-Tin-Oxide) electrode with a thickness of 10 μm is formed on the substrate. The first substrate and the second substrate are the same substrate, and the names are separated for convenience.

<AL-1、AL-2、AL-3、SE-6414之表面處理步驟> 將AL-1、AL-2、AL-3、SE-6414利用孔徑1.0μm之過濾器進行過濾後,利用旋塗法塗布於上述第一、第二基板之電極形成面,在80℃之加熱板上乾燥2分鐘。然後,利用內溫230℃之熱循環加熱爐煅燒30分鐘,得到膜厚100nm之塗膜。 針對上述獲得之附設塗膜之第一、第二基板進行摩擦處理。貼合後,以使摩擦方向成為反平行的方式,第一基板係摩擦方向為從長邊方向進行摩擦處理,第二基板係摩擦方向為從短邊方向進行摩擦處理。就摩擦布種類而言,係使用吉川化工製的嫘縈布:YA-20R、輥徑120mm。 AL-1、AL-2、AL-3之摩擦處理,係以轉速500rpm、移動速度30mm/sec、推壓量0.3mm之條件進行。 又,SE-6414之摩擦處理,係以轉速1000rpm、移動速度20mm/sec、推壓量0.4mm之條件進行。 摩擦處理後,在純水中進行1分鐘超音波洗淨,並於80℃乾燥15分鐘。<Surface treatment steps of AL-1, AL-2, AL-3, SE-6414> After filtering AL-1, AL-2, AL-3, and SE-6414 with a filter with a pore size of 1.0μm, apply spin coating to the electrode forming surfaces of the first and second substrates, and heat at 80°C Dry the board for 2 minutes. Then, it was calcined in a thermal cycle heating furnace with an internal temperature of 230°C for 30 minutes to obtain a coating film with a film thickness of 100 nm. The first and second substrates with the coating film obtained above were subjected to rubbing treatment. After bonding, the rubbing direction of the first substrate system is the rubbing process from the long side direction, and the rubbing direction of the second substrate system is the rubbing process from the short side direction so that the rubbing direction becomes antiparallel. As far as the type of friction cloth is concerned, Yoshikawa Chemical's rayon cloth: YA-20R, roll diameter 120mm is used. The friction treatment of AL-1, AL-2, and AL-3 is performed under the conditions of rotation speed of 500rpm, moving speed of 30mm/sec, and pushing amount of 0.3mm. In addition, the friction treatment of SE-6414 is performed under the conditions of a rotation speed of 1000 rpm, a moving speed of 20 mm/sec, and a pressing amount of 0.4 mm. After the rubbing treatment, ultrasonic washing was performed in pure water for 1 minute, and dried at 80°C for 15 minutes.

<AL-4、AL-5、AL-6、AL-7、NRB-U438之表面處理步驟> 將AL-5、AL-6、AL-7利用孔徑1.0μm之過濾器進行過濾後,利用旋塗法塗布於上述第一、第二基板之電極形成面,在70℃之加熱板上乾燥90秒。 之後,使用高壓汞燈(CERMA PRECISION公司製 313nm帶通濾波器),將經直線偏光之波長313nm之光予以曝光0.005J/cm2 ,在150℃之加熱板上煅燒30分鐘。 將AL-4、NRB-U438利用孔徑1.0μm之過濾器過濾後,利用旋塗法塗布於上述第一、第二基板之電極形成面,在80℃之加熱板上乾燥2分鐘,並在內溫230℃之熱循環加熱爐中煅燒30分鐘。之後,使用低壓汞燈(Ushio電機公司製 240nm以下短波長截止濾波器),將經直線偏光之波長254nm之光予以曝光0.3J/cm2 ,在內溫230℃之熱循環加熱爐中煅燒30分鐘。<Surface treatment steps of AL-4, AL-5, AL-6, AL-7, NRB-U438> After filtering AL-5, AL-6, AL-7 with a filter with a pore size of 1.0 μm, use a spinner The coating method is applied to the electrode forming surfaces of the first and second substrates, and dried on a hot plate at 70°C for 90 seconds. After that, using a high-pressure mercury lamp (313 nm band pass filter manufactured by CERMA PRECISION), the linearly polarized light with a wavelength of 313 nm was exposed to 0.005 J/cm 2 and calcined on a hot plate at 150° C. for 30 minutes. After filtering AL-4 and NRB-U438 with a filter with a pore size of 1.0 μm, they were applied to the electrode formation surfaces of the first and second substrates by spin coating, dried on a hot plate at 80°C for 2 minutes, and then contained Calcined in a thermal cycle heating furnace at 230°C for 30 minutes. After that, using a low-pressure mercury lamp (short-wavelength cut-off filter below 240nm made by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd.), the linearly polarized light with a wavelength of 254nm was exposed to 0.3J/cm 2 , and it was calcined in a thermal cycle heating furnace at an internal temperature of 230°C for 30 minute.

<一次曝光> 於完成表面處理步驟後之附設液晶配向膜之之2種基板(第一、第二基板),使用高壓汞燈(CERMA PRECISION製300nm以下短波長截止濾波器),將波長313nm之光予以曝光10J/cm2 。欲選擇性地照射光時,在基板上配置光罩(Mitani Micronics公司製 施有鉻配線之100、50、30、5μm之L/S),而進行圖案曝光。之後將該操作記載為一次曝光。 此外,一次曝光係為了故意使配向膜中含有的會產生自由基之基失活為目的,僅適於實施例23、24、27、28、29、30、32。<One exposure> After finishing the surface treatment step, the two substrates (first and second substrates) with the liquid crystal alignment film attached, use a high-pressure mercury lamp (short-wavelength cut-off filter below 300nm made by CERMA PRECISION) to reduce the wavelength of 313nm The light is exposed to 10J/cm 2 . To selectively irradiate light, a photomask (100, 50, 30, 5 μm L/S with chromium wiring made by Mitani Micronics) is placed on the substrate, and pattern exposure is performed. This operation is described as one exposure afterwards. In addition, one exposure is for the purpose of deliberately deactivating radicals contained in the alignment film, and is only suitable for Examples 23, 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, and 32.

<液晶胞之製作> 使用完成表面處理步驟,且針對實施例23、24、27、28、29、30、32進一步進行之一次曝光步驟完成後的附設液晶配向膜之之2種基板(第一、第二基板),保留液晶注入口而將周圍密封,製作晶胞間隙為約4μm之空晶胞。此外,表面處理步驟中包含摩擦處理者,係以使第一基板與第二基板之摩擦方向成為反平行的方式製作空晶胞。 在該空晶胞中,於常溫真空注入液晶(如表4所示,於Merck公司製IPS用正型液晶MLC-3019或Merck公司製IPS用負型液晶MLC-7026中,添加有相對於液晶為指定量之各添加劑者)後,將注入口密封而製成液晶胞。獲得之液晶胞構成IPS模式液晶顯示元件。之後,將獲得之液晶胞於120℃加熱處理10分鐘。<Production of liquid crystal cell> Use the two substrates (first and second substrates) with the liquid crystal alignment film after the completion of the surface treatment step and the further one exposure step for Examples 23, 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, and 32, The liquid crystal injection port is kept and the surroundings are sealed to produce an empty cell with a cell gap of about 4 μm. In addition, the surface treatment step includes a rubbing treatment, and the empty cell is made in such a way that the rubbing direction of the first substrate and the second substrate becomes anti-parallel. In this empty cell, liquid crystals are injected under vacuum at room temperature (as shown in Table 4, positive liquid crystal MLC-3019 for IPS manufactured by Merck Corporation or negative liquid crystal MLC-7026 for IPS manufactured by Merck Corporation, with the addition of relative liquid crystal After the specified amount of each additive), the injection port is sealed to form a liquid crystal cell. The obtained liquid crystal cell constitutes an IPS mode liquid crystal display element. After that, the obtained liquid crystal cell was heat-treated at 120°C for 10 minutes.

<二次曝光> 對製得之液晶胞,使用高壓汞燈(CERMA PRECISION製 300nm以下短波長截止濾波器)照射波長313nm之光。照射量如表5所示。又,欲選擇性地照射光時,在液晶胞上配置光罩(Mitani Micronics公司製 施有鉻配線之100、50、30、5μm之L/S),而進行圖案曝光。之後,將該操作記載為二次曝光。此外,二次曝光係為了使配向膜中含有的會產生自由基之基與液晶中之聚合性化合物(添加劑)之反應進行為目的。<Double exposure> For the prepared liquid crystal cell, a high-pressure mercury lamp (a short-wavelength cut-off filter below 300 nm manufactured by CERMA PRECISION) was used to irradiate light with a wavelength of 313 nm. The exposure is shown in Table 5. When it is desired to selectively irradiate light, a photomask (100, 50, 30, 5 µm L/S with chromium wiring manufactured by Mitani Micronics) is placed on the liquid crystal cell, and pattern exposure is performed. After that, this operation is described as a double exposure. In addition, the secondary exposure is for the purpose of allowing the radical-generating radical contained in the alignment film to react with the polymerizable compound (additive) in the liquid crystal.

(二次曝光後之液晶配向性之目視評價結果) 使用配置成正交尼科耳(crossed nicols)之偏光板,確認二次曝光後之液晶胞之配向狀態。此外,液晶之單軸配向方向與偏光方向所成角度設定為45度。此時,液晶單軸配向時光會透射,面外配向時光不透射。 就實施例而言,晶胞7(實施例5)可進行面外配向控制,故曝光部位成為暗視野(圖1A及圖1B)。 圖1A顯示液晶顯示元件的照片,圖1A之液晶顯示元件之照片的示意圖示於圖1B(以下,圖2~圖5、及圖9中亦同樣,液晶顯示元件的照片示於圖A,該照片的示意圖示於圖B)。 圖1(亦將圖1A及圖1B總稱為圖1)中,符號1之曝光部位表示暗視野(黑色),符號2之非曝光部位表示明視野(白色)。 晶胞27(比較例4)無法進行面外配向控制,故曝光部位成為明視野(圖2A及圖2B)。 圖2(亦將圖2A及圖2B總稱為圖2)中,曝光部位、非曝光部位均表示明視野(白色)。 晶胞1(實施例1)係傾斜(tilt)配向(一部分為面外配向),故曝光部位的著色降低(一部分為暗視野),顯示灰色的中間色(圖3A及圖3B)。 圖3(亦將圖3A及圖3B總稱為圖3)中,符號1之曝光部位有暗視野(黑色)之b部分與明暗之中間色(灰色)之a部分混在一起。符號2之非曝光部位表示明視野(白色)。(Result of visual evaluation of liquid crystal orientation after second exposure) Use a polarizing plate configured as crossed nicols to confirm the alignment state of the liquid crystal cell after the second exposure. In addition, the angle between the uniaxial alignment direction of the liquid crystal and the polarization direction is set to 45 degrees. At this time, light is transmitted through uniaxial alignment of the liquid crystal, and light is not transmitted through out-of-plane alignment. As far as the embodiment is concerned, the unit cell 7 (Embodiment 5) can perform out-of-plane alignment control, so the exposed part becomes a dark field (FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B). Fig. 1A shows a photograph of a liquid crystal display element, and a schematic diagram of a photograph of the liquid crystal display element of Fig. 1A is shown in Fig. 1B (the same applies to Figs. 2 to 5, and Fig. 9 below, and a photograph of the liquid crystal display element is shown in Fig. A schematic diagram of this photo is shown in Figure B). In FIG. 1 (also collectively referred to as FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B), the exposed part of symbol 1 indicates a dark field (black), and the non-exposed part of symbol 2 indicates a bright field (white). The unit cell 27 (Comparative Example 4) cannot perform out-of-plane alignment control, so the exposed part becomes a bright field (FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B). In Fig. 2 (also collectively referred to as Fig. 2 as Fig. 2A and Fig. 2B), the exposed part and the non-exposed part both indicate the bright field (white). The unit cell 1 (Example 1) has a tilt alignment (part of it is out-of-plane alignment), so the coloration of the exposed part is reduced (part of it is a dark field), showing a gray intermediate color (FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B). In Fig. 3 (also collectively referred to as Fig. 3A and Fig. 3B), the exposure part of symbol 1 has a dark field (black) part b and a light and dark intermediate color (gray) part a mixed together. The non-exposed part of the symbol 2 indicates the bright field (white).

利用與圖1~圖3所示者同樣的方法,針對下列表6~8所示之各實施例及比較例中之液晶顯示元件進行評價。 表6至8中,二次曝光部位表示暗視野(黑色)且可進行面外配向控制者標記為〇,表示明視野(白色)且無法進行面外配向控制者標記為×,表示中間色(灰色)且具有傾斜角之單軸配向、不均勻配向者標記為△。The liquid crystal display elements in the respective Examples and Comparative Examples shown in Tables 6 to 8 below were evaluated by the same method as those shown in FIGS. 1 to 3. In Tables 6 to 8, the secondary exposure position represents dark field (black) and can perform out-of-plane alignment, the controller is marked as ○, which means bright field (white) and cannot perform out-of-plane alignment, and the controller is marked as ×, which represents intermediate color (gray). ) And uniaxial alignment and uneven alignment with a tilt angle are marked as △.

二次曝光後之液晶配向性之目視評價結果示於下列表6。 [表6] 液晶胞之晶胞編號 配向狀態 實施例1 1 △(圖3) 實施例2 2 實施例3 5 實施例4 6 實施例5 7 〇(圖1) 實施例6 9 實施例7 10 實施例8 11 實施例9 13 實施例10 14 實施例11 15 實施例12 16 比較例1 3 × 比較例2 4 × 比較例3 12 × 比較例4 27 ×(圖2) 為了由面內單軸配向狀態誘發面外配向,需(i)使配向膜中含有會產生自由基之基、(ii)使液晶中含有聚合性化合物(添加劑)、(iii)進行光照射。此外,此時為了形成良好的面外配向狀態,考慮會產生自由基之基之含量、聚合性化合物之含量、光的照射量等係有效。The results of the visual evaluation of the liquid crystal orientation after the second exposure are shown in Table 6 below. [Table 6] Cell number of liquid crystal cell Orientation state Example 1 1 △(Picture 3) Example 2 2 Example 3 5 Example 4 6 Example 5 7 〇 (Picture 1) Example 6 9 Example 7 10 Example 8 11 Example 9 13 Example 10 14 Example 11 15 Example 12 16 Comparative example 1 3 X Comparative example 2 4 X Comparative example 3 12 X Comparative example 4 27 ×(Picture 2) In order to induce out-of-plane alignment from the in-plane uniaxial alignment state, it is necessary to (i) include a radical generating radical in the alignment film, (ii) include a polymerizable compound (additive) in the liquid crystal, and (iii) perform light irradiation. In addition, in order to form a good out-of-plane alignment at this time, it is effective to consider the content of radicals that generate radicals, the content of polymerizable compounds, and the amount of light irradiation.

二次曝光後之液晶配向性之目視評價結果示於下列表7。 [表7] 液晶胞之晶胞編號 配向狀態 實施例5 7 實施例13 17 實施例14 18 實施例15 20 實施例16 8 實施例17 19 面外配向控制所需之聚合性化合物(添加劑)不限於DMA。只要是具有適當結構之添加劑,則可進行面外配向控制。又,液晶種類亦不限於介電率為負之液晶的MLC-7026,即使是介電率為正之液晶的MLC-3019,亦可進行面外配向控制。The results of the visual evaluation of the liquid crystal orientation after the second exposure are shown in Table 7 below. [Table 7] Cell number of liquid crystal cell Orientation state Example 5 7 Example 13 17 Example 14 18 Example 15 20 Example 16 8 Example 17 19 The polymerizable compound (additive) required for out-of-plane alignment control is not limited to DMA. As long as it is an additive with an appropriate structure, it can be controlled out-of-plane alignment. In addition, the type of liquid crystal is not limited to MLC-7026, which is a liquid crystal with a negative permittivity. Even MLC-3019 with a liquid crystal with a positive permittivity can perform out-of-plane alignment control.

二次曝光後之液晶配向性之目視評價結果示於下列表8。 [表8] 液晶胞之晶胞編號 配向狀態 實施例18 21 實施例19 22 實施例20 23 實施例21 24 實施例22 25 比較例5 26 × 比較例6 28 × 使用經光配向處理之光配向膜時,亦可進行面外配向控制,不依存於構成配向膜之高分子的種類、光配向所需之曝光波長。另外,如實施例19、20等中使用之液晶胞22、23等所示,使用不具有會產生自由基之基的配向膜材料時,藉由與具有會產生自由基之基之高分子材料混合,可進行可進行面外配向控制。此時,會產生自由基之基只要導入適當量,則可進行面外配向控制。又,如實施例21、22般僅於第一基板塗布具有自由基產生能力之光配向膜時,有時亦可進行面外配向控制。其依存於所使用之光配向膜的種類,例如液晶之配向約束力小時,因光的照射導致液晶之配向約束力降低時會觀察到。The results of the visual evaluation of the liquid crystal orientation after the second exposure are shown in Table 8 below. [Table 8] Cell number of liquid crystal cell Orientation state Example 18 twenty one Example 19 twenty two Example 20 twenty three Example 21 twenty four Example 22 25 Comparative example 5 26 X Comparative example 6 28 X When using a photo-alignment film that has undergone photo-alignment treatment, out-of-plane alignment control can also be performed, regardless of the type of polymer constituting the alignment film and the exposure wavelength required for photo-alignment. In addition, as shown in the liquid crystal cells 22, 23, etc. used in Examples 19, 20, etc., when an alignment film material that does not have a radical generating radical is used, a polymer material with a radical generating radical is used. Mixing can be controlled out-of-plane alignment. At this time, the out-of-plane alignment control can be performed as long as an appropriate amount of radical-generating radicals is introduced. In addition, as in Examples 21 and 22, only when the first substrate is coated with a photo-alignment film with radical generating ability, out-of-plane alignment control may also be performed. It depends on the type of photo-alignment film used. For example, when the alignment binding force of the liquid crystal is small, it will be observed when the alignment binding force of the liquid crystal decreases due to light irradiation.

(適應一次曝光時之液晶配向性之目視評價結果) 使用配置成正交尼科耳之偏光板,確認二次曝光後之液晶胞之配向狀態。此外,液晶胞之單軸配向方向與偏光方向所成角度設定為45度。結果示於下列表9。(The result of visual evaluation of the orientation of the liquid crystal adapted to one exposure) Use a polarizing plate configured as a crossed Nicol to confirm the alignment of the liquid crystal cell after the second exposure. In addition, the angle formed by the uniaxial alignment direction of the liquid crystal cell and the polarization direction is set to 45 degrees. The results are shown in Table 9 below.

[表9] 液晶胞之晶胞編號 一次曝光條件 二次曝光條件 配向狀態 實施例23 7 整面曝光 (僅第一基板) 整面曝光 傾斜(tilt)配向(圖4) 實施例24 7 整面曝光 (第一、二基板) 整面曝光 面內單軸配向(圖5) 就一次曝光而言,僅對第一基板進行整面曝光的話,形成傾斜(tilt)配向(圖4A及圖4B)。 圖4(亦將圖4A及圖4B總稱為圖4)中,符號3表示之部分,係以一次曝光僅對第一基板進行曝光,並以二次曝光進行整面曝光之區域。符號3表示之部分表示灰色的中間色,形成了傾斜(tilt)配向。符號4表示之部分,係以一次曝光僅對第一基板進行曝光,且未以二次曝光進行曝光之非曝光區域。符號4表示之部分表示明視野(白色),形成了面內配向。 以一次曝光對第一基板及第二基板進行整面曝光的話,形成面內配向(圖5A及圖5B)。 圖5(亦將圖5A及圖5B總稱為圖5)中,符號5表示之部分,係以一次曝光對第一、第二基板進行曝光,並以二次曝光進行整面曝光之區域。符號6表示之部分,係以一次曝光對第一、第二基板進行曝光,且未以二次曝光進行曝光之非曝光區域。符號5及6之部分均表示明視野(白色),形成了面內配向。如此可確認:藉由對於晶胞製作前之基板進行光照射,使配向膜中含有的會產生自由基之基失活,於二次曝光時不誘發與聚合性化合物(添加劑)之反應,不會形成面外配向。[Table 9] Cell number of liquid crystal cell One exposure condition Second exposure conditions Orientation state Example 23 7 Full-surface exposure (only the first substrate) Full exposure Tilt alignment (Figure 4) Example 24 7 Full-surface exposure (first and second substrates) Full exposure In-plane uniaxial alignment (Figure 5) For one exposure, if only the entire surface of the first substrate is exposed, a tilt alignment is formed (FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B). In Fig. 4 (also collectively referred to as Fig. 4A and Fig. 4B), the part indicated by symbol 3 is an area where only the first substrate is exposed by one exposure and the entire surface is exposed by second exposure. The part indicated by the symbol 3 represents an intermediate color of gray and forms a tilt alignment. The part denoted by the symbol 4 is a non-exposed area where only the first substrate is exposed by one exposure and is not exposed by the second exposure. The part denoted by symbol 4 represents a bright field (white) and forms an in-plane alignment. If the entire surface of the first substrate and the second substrate are exposed in one exposure, an in-plane alignment is formed (FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B). In Fig. 5 (also collectively referred to as Fig. 5A and Fig. 5B), the part indicated by symbol 5 is the area where the first and second substrates are exposed by one exposure, and the entire surface is exposed by the second exposure. The part denoted by symbol 6 is a non-exposed area where the first and second substrates are exposed by one exposure and not exposed by the second exposure. The parts of symbols 5 and 6 both indicate a bright field (white) and form an in-plane alignment. It can be confirmed that by irradiating light on the substrate before the unit cell is fabricated, the radicals that generate free radicals contained in the alignment film are inactivated, and the reaction with the polymerizable compound (additive) is not induced during the second exposure. Will form out-of-plane alignment.

(配向圖案化的評價) 使用配置成正交尼科耳之偏光板,確認經圖案曝光之液晶顯示元件之配向狀態。此外,液晶胞之單軸配向方向與偏光方向所成角度設定為45度。配向圖案之評價,係就是否可藉由光照射進行配向控制及配向之均勻性、配向控制面(面內單軸配向與面外配向之交界面)之鮮明度的觀點進行目視觀察並判斷。結果示於下列表10。(Evaluation of Alignment Patterning) Using a polarizing plate configured as a crossed Nicol, confirm the alignment state of the liquid crystal display element after pattern exposure. In addition, the angle formed by the uniaxial alignment direction of the liquid crystal cell and the polarization direction is set to 45 degrees. The evaluation of the alignment pattern is based on visual observation and judgment from the viewpoints of whether the alignment can be controlled by light irradiation, the uniformity of the alignment, and the sharpness of the alignment control surface (the interface between the in-plane uniaxial alignment and the out-of-plane alignment). The results are shown in Table 10 below.

[表10] 液晶胞之晶胞編號 圖案化狀態 實施例25 7 均勻且鮮明(圖6左) 實施例26 21 均勻且鮮明(圖6右) 因光照射所致之由面內(單軸)配向變化為面外配向之配向變化可均勻地控制,不同的配向之交界面係鮮明(圖6)。如圖6所示,可確認到能在明視野(白色)之面內配向區域與暗視野(黑色)之面外配向區域清晰地圖案化。 此外,這不依賴於構成配向膜之高分子的種類、配向處理方法。可使用種類顯著不同的材料製作配向圖案,故能推測表6至表8中,可進行面外配向控制的實施例均可配向圖案化。[Table 10] Cell number of liquid crystal cell Patterned state Example 25 7 Uniform and clear (picture 6 left) Example 26 twenty one Uniform and clear (picture 6 right) The alignment change from in-plane (uniaxial) alignment to out-of-plane alignment caused by light irradiation can be uniformly controlled, and the interface between different alignments is distinct (Figure 6). As shown in FIG. 6, it can be confirmed that the in-plane alignment area in the bright field (white) and the out-of-plane alignment area in the dark field (black) can be clearly patterned. In addition, this does not depend on the type of polymer constituting the alignment film and the alignment treatment method. The alignment patterns can be made with significantly different types of materials. Therefore, it can be inferred that the examples in Tables 6 to 8 that can perform out-of-plane alignment control can all be aligned and patterned.

(微細的配向圖案化之評價) 使用配置成正交尼科耳之偏光板,確認經圖案曝光之液晶顯示元件之配向狀態。此外,液晶胞之單軸配向方向與偏光方向所成角度設定為45度。配向圖案化之評價,係就是否可藉由光照射進行配向控制及配向之均勻性、配向控制面(面內單軸配向與面外配向之交界面)之鮮明度的觀點進行目視觀察並判斷。結果示於下列表11。(Evaluation of fine alignment patterning) Using a polarizing plate configured as a crossed Nicol, confirm the alignment state of the liquid crystal display element after pattern exposure. In addition, the angle formed by the uniaxial alignment direction of the liquid crystal cell and the polarization direction is set to 45 degrees. The evaluation of alignment patterning is to visually observe and judge whether the alignment can be controlled by light irradiation, the uniformity of the alignment, and the sharpness of the alignment control surface (the interface between the in-plane uniaxial alignment and the out-of-plane alignment) . The results are shown in Table 11 below.

[表11] 液晶胞之晶胞編號 光罩L/S寬 (μm) 一次曝光 條件 二次曝光條件 圖案化狀態 實施例27 7 100 圖案曝光 (僅第一基板) 整面曝光 均勻且清晰 (圖7) 實施例28 7 50 圖案曝光 (僅第一基板) 整面曝光 均勻且清晰 實施例29 7 30 圖案曝光 (僅第一基板) 整面曝光 均勻且清晰 實施例30 7 5 圖案曝光 (僅第一基板) 整面曝光 均勻且清晰 (圖8) 實施例31 7 100 圖案曝光 清晰 實施例32 7 100 圖案曝光 (第一、二基板) 圖案方向垂直 整面曝光 均勻且清晰 (圖9) 就一次曝光而言使用經圖案曝光之基板而製得之液晶顯示元件,無論光罩之L/S寬,可製作均勻且清晰的微細配向圖案。 例如,實施例27中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片示於圖7。此時,就一次曝光僅對第一基板進行圖案曝光,故圖7之符號7表示之中間色(灰色)部分形成傾斜(tilt)配向狀態。圖7之符號8表示之暗視野(黑色)部分形成面外配向狀態。 圖8顯示改變實施例27之光罩之L/S寬而得之實施例30之結果。圖8中,中間色(灰色)部分與暗視野(黑色)部分的不同如圖7所說明。 此外,欲使中間色(灰色)部分成為面內單軸配向時,對第二基板亦進行與第一基板同樣之圖案曝光,並將曝光部位彼此貼合而製作液晶胞後,進行二次曝光即可。 不進行一次曝光,就二次曝光而言進行圖案曝光之液晶顯示元件,如實施例31所示,可確認到於光罩之L/S寬為100μm之條件下,可進行配向圖案化。實施例31之液晶顯示元件,明視野(白色)之面內配向區域與暗視野(黑色)之面外配向區域亦可清晰地圖案化。 另外,如實施例32所示,可確認藉由對第一、第二基板之兩者進行圖案曝光,將圖案方向垂直地貼合而製作液晶胞後,進行二次曝光,可在一個液晶顯示元件內製作出面內單軸配向、面外配向、傾斜配向之三種配向狀態。 顯示實施例32中獲得之液晶顯示元件之結果(圖9A及圖9B)。圖9A顯示液晶顯示元件的照片,圖9A之液晶顯示元件的照片的示意圖示於圖9B。 如圖9(亦將圖9A及圖9B總稱為圖9)所示,符號9表示之暗視野(黑色)部分形成面外配向狀態。符號10表示之明視野(白色)部分形成面內配向。符號11表示之中間色(灰色)部分(圖9B中,係以斜線圖案表示之部分)形成傾斜(tilt)配向狀態。 [產業上利用性][Table 11] Cell number of liquid crystal cell Mask L/S width (μm) One exposure condition Second exposure conditions Patterned state Example 27 7 100 Pattern exposure (only the first substrate) Full exposure Uniform and clear (Figure 7) Example 28 7 50 Pattern exposure (only the first substrate) Full exposure Uniform and clear Example 29 7 30 Pattern exposure (only the first substrate) Full exposure Uniform and clear Example 30 7 5 Pattern exposure (only the first substrate) Full exposure Uniform and clear (Figure 8) Example 31 7 100 without Pattern exposure Clear Example 32 7 100 Pattern exposure (first and second substrates) pattern direction is vertical Full exposure Uniform and clear (Figure 9) Regarding one exposure, the liquid crystal display element produced by using the pattern-exposed substrate can produce uniform and clear fine alignment patterns regardless of the L/S width of the mask. For example, a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 27 is shown in FIG. 7. At this time, only pattern exposure is performed on the first substrate for one exposure, so the intermediate color (gray) portion indicated by symbol 7 in FIG. 7 is in a tilted alignment state. The dark field (black) portion indicated by symbol 8 in FIG. 7 is in an out-of-plane alignment state. FIG. 8 shows the result of Example 30 obtained by changing the L/S width of the mask of Example 27. In FIG. 8, the difference between the intermediate color (gray) part and the dark field (black) part is illustrated in FIG. 7. In addition, when the intermediate color (gray) portion is to be in-plane uniaxially aligned, the second substrate is also exposed with the same pattern as the first substrate, and the exposed parts are bonded to each other to form a liquid crystal cell, and then the second exposure is performed. Can. As shown in Example 31, the liquid crystal display element that does not perform a single exposure, but performs pattern exposure for the second exposure, can confirm that the alignment patterning can be performed under the condition that the L/S width of the photomask is 100 μm. In the liquid crystal display device of Example 31, the bright field (white) in-plane alignment area and the dark field (black) out-of-plane alignment area can also be clearly patterned. In addition, as shown in Example 32, it can be confirmed that by pattern exposure on both the first and second substrates, the pattern direction is vertically bonded to produce the liquid crystal cell, and then the second exposure can be performed on a liquid crystal display. Three alignment states of in-plane uniaxial alignment, out-of-plane alignment, and inclined alignment are produced in the component. The results of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 32 are shown (FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B). FIG. 9A shows a photograph of the liquid crystal display element, and a schematic diagram of the photograph of the liquid crystal display element of FIG. 9A is shown in FIG. 9B. As shown in FIG. 9 (also referred to as FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B collectively as FIG. 9), the dark field (black) portion indicated by symbol 9 is in an out-of-plane alignment state. The bright field (white) portion indicated by symbol 10 forms an in-plane alignment. The part of the intermediate color (gray) indicated by the symbol 11 (the part indicated by the diagonal line pattern in FIG. 9B) forms a tilted alignment state. [Industrial Utilization]

根據本發明,可在工業上以良好的產能製作出面內配向區域、面外配向區域、及傾斜配向區域中之至少2個區域經圖案化之液晶顯示元件。According to the present invention, a liquid crystal display element with patterned at least two of the in-plane alignment area, the out-of-plane alignment area, and the oblique alignment area can be manufactured with good productivity in the industry.

1:暗視野(黑色) a:暗視野(黑色)1之中間色部分 b:暗視野(黑色)1之黑色部分 2:明視野(白色) 3:中間色(灰色) 4:明視野(白色) 5:明視野(白色) 6:明視野(白色) 7:中間色(灰色) 8:暗視野(黑色) 9:暗視野(黑色) 10:明視野(白色) 11:中間色(灰色) 101:液晶顯示元件 102:梳齒電極基板 102a:基材 102b:線狀電極 102c:自由基產生膜 102d:基材 102e:面電極 102f:絕緣膜 102g:線狀電極 102h:自由基產生膜 103:液晶組成物 104:對向基板 104a:液晶配向膜 104b:基材1: Dark field (black) a: The mid-color part of dark field (black) 1 b: The black part of dark field (black) 1 2: Bright field (white) 3: Intermediate color (gray) 4: Bright field (white) 5: Bright field (white) 6: Bright field (white) 7: Intermediate color (gray) 8: Dark field (black) 9: Dark field (black) 10: Bright field (white) 11: Intermediate color (gray) 101: liquid crystal display element 102: Comb electrode substrate 102a: Substrate 102b: Wire electrode 102c: free radical generating membrane 102d: substrate 102e: Surface electrode 102f: insulating film 102g: wire electrode 102h: free radical generating membrane 103: Liquid crystal composition 104: Opposite substrate 104a: Liquid crystal alignment film 104b: Substrate

[圖1A]圖1A係實施例5中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片。 [圖1B]圖1B係表示圖1A之液晶顯示元件的照片的示意圖。 [圖2A]圖2A係比較例4中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片。 [圖2B]圖2B係表示圖2A之液晶顯示元件的照片的示意圖。 [圖3A]圖3A係實施例1中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片。 [圖3B]圖3B係表示圖3A之液晶顯示元件的照片的示意圖。 [圖4A]圖4A係實施例23中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片。 [圖4B]圖4B係表示圖4A之液晶顯示元件的照片的示意圖。 [圖5A]圖5A係實施例24中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片。 [圖5B]圖5B係表示圖5A之液晶顯示元件的照片的示意圖。 [圖6]圖6係實施例25、及實施例26中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片。 [圖7]圖7係實施例27中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片。 [圖8]圖8係實施例30中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片。 [圖9A]圖9A係實施例32中獲得之液晶顯示元件的照片。 [圖9B]圖9B係表示圖9A之液晶顯示元件的照片的示意圖。 [圖10]係表示本發明之液晶顯示元件之一例的概略剖面圖。 [圖11]係表示本發明之液晶顯示元件之另一例的概略剖面圖。[Fig. 1A] Fig. 1A is a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 5. [Fig. [Fig. 1B] Fig. 1B is a schematic diagram showing a photograph of the liquid crystal display element of Fig. 1A. [Fig. 2A] Fig. 2A is a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Comparative Example 4. [Fig. [Fig. 2B] Fig. 2B is a schematic diagram showing a photograph of the liquid crystal display element of Fig. 2A. [Fig. 3A] Fig. 3A is a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 1. [Fig. [Fig. 3B] Fig. 3B is a schematic diagram showing a photograph of the liquid crystal display element of Fig. 3A. [Fig. 4A] Fig. 4A is a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 23. [Fig. [Fig. 4B] Fig. 4B is a schematic diagram showing a photograph of the liquid crystal display element of Fig. 4A. [Fig. 5A] Fig. 5A is a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 24. [Fig. [Fig. 5B] Fig. 5B is a schematic diagram showing a photograph of the liquid crystal display element of Fig. 5A. [Fig. 6] Fig. 6 is a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 25 and Example 26. [Fig. 7] Fig. 7 is a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 27. [Fig. 8] Fig. 8 is a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 30. [Fig. 9A] Fig. 9A is a photograph of the liquid crystal display element obtained in Example 32. [Fig. [Fig. 9B] Fig. 9B is a schematic diagram showing a photograph of the liquid crystal display element of Fig. 9A. Fig. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention. Fig. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.

Figure 109145046-A0101-11-0002-1
Figure 109145046-A0101-11-0002-1

Claims (16)

一種液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其特徵為: 包含: 步驟(A):於基板上形成可利用光照射而產生自由基之自由基產生膜的步驟;及 步驟(B):使含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物接觸該自由基產生膜,邊保持該狀態,邊對該液晶組成物照射足以使該自由基聚合性化合物進行聚合反應之於240~400nm具有峰部之光的步驟; 該自由基聚合性化合物藉由進行聚合,而具有使該液晶垂直地配向的功能; 更包含下列要件(Z1)及(Z2)中之至少一要件,並製造面內配向區域、面外配向區域、及傾斜配向區域中之至少2個區域經圖案化之液晶顯示元件; 要件(Z1):於該步驟(A)與該步驟(B)之間更具有步驟(C),係對該步驟(A)中獲得之該自由基產生膜照射於240~400nm具有峰部之光,而使該自由基產生膜之自由基產生能力失活; 要件(Z2):該步驟(B)之對該液晶組成物照射於240~400nm具有峰部之光的步驟係介隔光罩進行。A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element, which is characterized by: Include: Step (A): a step of forming a free radical generating film that can generate free radicals by light irradiation on a substrate; and Step (B): Bring a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound into contact with the radical generating film, while maintaining the state, the liquid crystal composition is irradiated sufficiently to polymerize the radical polymerizable compound. 240~400nm has a peak light step; The radically polymerizable compound has a function of vertically aligning the liquid crystal through polymerization; It further includes at least one of the following requirements (Z1) and (Z2), and manufactures a liquid crystal display element in which at least two of the in-plane alignment area, the out-of-plane alignment area, and the oblique alignment area are patterned; Requirement (Z1): There is a step (C) between the step (A) and the step (B). The radical generating film obtained in the step (A) is irradiated with a peak at 240-400 nm Light to inactivate the free radical generating ability of the free radical generating film; Requirement (Z2): The step of irradiating the liquid crystal composition with light having a peak at 240 to 400 nm in the step (B) is performed through a photomask. 如請求項1之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該自由基產生膜係經單軸配向處理之被膜。The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein the radical generating film is a film that has been uniaxially aligned. 如請求項1之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該步驟(B)之對該液晶組成物照射於240~400nm具有峰部之光的步驟係於無電場下進行。The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein the step (B) of irradiating the liquid crystal composition with light having a peak at 240 to 400 nm is performed under no electric field. 如請求項1之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該自由基產生膜具有含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物。The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein the radical generating film has a polymer containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization. 如請求項4之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的聚合物,於主鏈具有下式(1)表示之結構單元;
Figure 03_image065
式(1)中,A表示誘發自由基聚合之有機基。
The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of claim 4, wherein the polymer containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization has a structural unit represented by the following formula (1) in the main chain;
Figure 03_image065
In formula (1), A represents an organic group that induces radical polymerization.
如請求項4之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該聚合物係選自使用包含含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基之二胺的二胺成分而獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅體、聚醯亞胺、聚脲、及聚醯胺中之至少一種。The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 4, wherein the polymer is selected from a polyimide precursor and a polyimide obtained by using a diamine component containing a diamine containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization. At least one of amine, polyurea, and polyamide. 如請求項5之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該誘發自由基聚合之有機基係下式(3)表示之基;
Figure 03_image005
式(3)中,虛線表示與苯環之鍵結,R6 表示單鍵、-CH2 -、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-; R7 表示單鍵、或非取代或經氟原子取代之碳數1~20之伸烷基,該伸烷基之任意之-CH2 -或-CF2 -中之一者以上也可各自獨立地置換為選自-CH=CH-、二價碳環、及二價雜環之基,另外,亦能以下列所列舉之任意基,亦即-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、或-NH-彼此不相鄰為條件而置換為該等基; R8 表示選自式[X-1]~[X-18]、[W]、[Y]及[Z]之式表示之誘發自由基聚合之有機基;
Figure 03_image007
式[X-1]~[X-18]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S1 及S2 各自獨立地表示-O-、-NR-、或-S-,R表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基、或碳數1~10之烷氧基,R1 及R2 各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、或碳數1~4之烷基;
Figure 03_image009
式[W]、[Y]、[Z]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S3 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-,Ar表示選自由亦可具有有機基及/或鹵素原子作為取代基之伸苯基、伸萘基、及伸聯苯基構成之群組中之芳香族烴基,R9 及R10 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基、烷氧基、苄基、或苯乙基,為烷基、烷氧基時,R9 及R10 亦可形成環; Q表示下列任一結構;
Figure 03_image070
式中,R11 表示-CH2 -、-NR-、-O-、或-S-,R表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基,*表示原子鍵; R12 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基或碳數1~10之烷氧基。
The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of claim 5, wherein the organic group that induces radical polymerization is a group represented by the following formula (3);
Figure 03_image005
In formula (3), the dotted line represents the bond with the benzene ring, and R 6 represents a single bond, -CH 2 -, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-; R 7 represents a single bond, or the number of carbons substituted by fluorine atoms 1 ~20 alkylene, any one or more of -CH 2 -or -CF 2 -of the alkylene can also be independently replaced by one selected from -CH=CH-, divalent carbocyclic ring, and two The group of a valent heterocyclic ring, in addition, can also be conditioned on any of the groups listed below, that is, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or -NH- are not adjacent to each other Replace with these groups; R 8 represents an organic group that induces free radical polymerization represented by the formulas [X-1]~[X-18], [W], [Y] and [Z];
Figure 03_image007
In formulas [X-1] ~ [X-18], * represents the bonding site with R 7 , S 1 and S 2 each independently represent -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and R represents a hydrogen atom , A halogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, or an alkoxy group with 1 to 10 carbons, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons;
Figure 03_image009
In the formulas [W], [Y], [Z], * represents the bonding site with R 7 and S 3 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-, Ar represents selected from or may have an organic group and / Or an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the group consisting of phenylene, naphthylene, and biphenyl with halogen atoms as substituents, R 9 and R 10 are each independently an alkyl group or alkane with 1 to 10 carbon atoms When the oxy, benzyl, or phenethyl group is an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, R 9 and R 10 may also form a ring; Q represents any of the following structures;
Figure 03_image070
In the formula, R 11 represents -CH 2 -, -NR-, -O-, or -S-, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, * represents an atomic bond; R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, halogen Atom, C 1-10 alkyl group or C 1-10 alkoxy group.
如請求項6之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該含有誘發自由基聚合之有機基的二胺係下式(2)表示之二胺;
Figure 03_image072
式(2)中,A1 及A2 各自獨立地表示氫原子或下式(3)表示之基,惟,A1 及A2 中之至少1者表示下式(3)表示之基, E表示單鍵、-O-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-NH-、-CO-、-NHCO-、-COO-、-(CH2 )m -、-SO2 -、或由該等之任意組合構成的2價有機基,m表示1~8之整數; p表示0~2之整數;p為2時,多個A2 及E各自獨立地具有前述定義;又,p為0時,A1 由下式(3)表示之基構成;
Figure 03_image005
式(3)中,虛線表示與苯環之鍵結,R6 表示單鍵、-CH2 -、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-, R7 表示單鍵、或非取代或經氟原子取代之碳數1~20之伸烷基,該伸烷基之任意之-CH2 -或-CF2 -中之一者以上也可各自獨立地置換為選自-CH=CH-、二價碳環、及二價雜環之基,另外,亦能以下列所列舉之任意基,亦即-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、或-NH-彼此不相鄰為條件而置換為該等基; R8 表示選自式[X-1]~[X-18]、[W]、[Y]及[Z]之式表示之誘發自由基聚合之有機基;
Figure 03_image007
式[X-1]~[X-18]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S1 及S2 各自獨立地表示-O-、-NR-、或-S-,R表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基、或碳數1~10之烷氧基,R1 及R2 各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、或碳數1~4之烷基;
Figure 03_image009
式[W]、[Y]、[Z]中,*表示與R7 之鍵結部位,S3 表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-CONH-、-NH-、-CH2 O-、-N(CH3 )-、-CON(CH3 )-、或-N(CH3 )CO-,Ar表示選自由亦可具有有機基及/或鹵素原子作為取代基之伸苯基、伸萘基、及伸聯苯基構成之群組中之芳香族烴基,R9 及R10 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基、烷氧基、苄基、或苯乙基,為烷基、烷氧基時,R9 及R10 亦可形成環; Q表示下列任一結構;
Figure 03_image076
式中,R11 表示-CH2 -、-NR-、-O-、或-S-,R表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基,*表示原子鍵; R12 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~10之烷基或碳數1~10之烷氧基。
The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 6, wherein the diamine containing an organic group that induces radical polymerization is a diamine represented by the following formula (2);
Figure 03_image072
In formula (2), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the following formula (3), but at least one of A 1 and A 2 represents a group represented by the following formula (3), E Represents a single bond, -O-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -NH-, -CO-, -NHCO-, -COO-, -(CH 2 ) m -, -SO 2 -, or these Any combination of divalent organic groups, m represents an integer from 1 to 8; p represents an integer from 0 to 2; when p is 2, a plurality of A 2 and E each independently have the aforementioned definition; and when p is 0 , A 1 is composed of the base represented by the following formula (3);
Figure 03_image005
In formula (3), the dotted line represents the bond with the benzene ring, and R 6 represents a single bond, -CH 2 -, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-, R 7 represents a single bond, or unsubstituted or substituted by a fluorine atom, carbon number 1 ~20 alkylene, any one or more of -CH 2 -or -CF 2 -of the alkylene can also be independently replaced by one selected from -CH=CH-, divalent carbocyclic ring, and two The group of a valent heterocyclic ring, in addition, can also be conditioned on any of the groups listed below, that is, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, or -NH- are not adjacent to each other Replace with these groups; R 8 represents an organic group that induces free radical polymerization represented by the formulas [X-1]~[X-18], [W], [Y] and [Z];
Figure 03_image007
In formulas [X-1] ~ [X-18], * represents the bonding site with R 7 , S 1 and S 2 each independently represent -O-, -NR-, or -S-, and R represents a hydrogen atom , A halogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, or an alkoxy group with 1 to 10 carbons, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons;
Figure 03_image009
In the formulas [W], [Y], [Z], * represents the bonding site with R 7 and S 3 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -CONH-, -NH-, -CH 2 O-, -N(CH 3 )-, -CON(CH 3 )-, or -N(CH 3 )CO-, Ar represents selected from or may have an organic group and / Or an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the group consisting of phenylene, naphthylene, and biphenyl with halogen atoms as substituents, R 9 and R 10 are each independently an alkyl group or alkane with 1 to 10 carbon atoms When the oxy, benzyl, or phenethyl group is an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, R 9 and R 10 may also form a ring; Q represents any of the following structures;
Figure 03_image076
In the formula, R 11 represents -CH 2 -, -NR-, -O-, or -S-, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, * represents an atomic bond; R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, halogen Atom, C 1-10 alkyl group or C 1-10 alkoxy group.
如請求項1之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該自由基聚合性化合物中之至少一種係與液晶具有相容性的於一分子中具有一個聚合性不飽和鍵之化合物。The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the radically polymerizable compounds is a compound having a polymerizable unsaturated bond in one molecule that is compatible with the liquid crystal. 如請求項9之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該自由基聚合性化合物所具有之聚合反應性基選自下列結構;
Figure 03_image078
式中,*表示與化合物分子之聚合性不飽和鍵以外之部分的鍵結部位;Rb 表示碳數3~20之烷基,E表示選自單鍵、-O-、-NRc -、-S-、酯鍵及醯胺鍵之鍵結基;Rc 表示氫原子、碳數1~4之烷基,Rb 之烷基表示直鏈、分支、或環狀之烷基。
The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 9, wherein the polymerization reactive group possessed by the radically polymerizable compound is selected from the following structures;
Figure 03_image078
In the formula, * represents the bonding site with the part other than the polymerizable unsaturated bond of the compound molecule; R b represents an alkyl group with 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and E represents a single bond, -O-, -NR c -, -S-, an ester bond and a bonding group of an amide bond; R c represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group of R b represents a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group.
如請求項1之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物中,含有將該自由基聚合性化合物聚合而獲得之聚合物之Tg為100℃以下的自由基聚合性化合物。The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of claim 1, wherein the liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound contains a polymer obtained by polymerizing the radical polymerizable compound with a Tg of 100°C or lower Radical polymerizable compound. 如請求項1至11中任一項之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,更具有下列步驟: 準備具有自由基產生膜之第一基板、與第二基板, 以該第一基板上之自由基產生膜面對該第二基板的方式進行配置, 於該第一基板與該第二基板之間,填充含有液晶及自由基聚合性化合物之液晶組成物,藉此製作液晶胞。For example, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of any one of claims 1 to 11 further has the following steps: Prepare a first substrate and a second substrate with a radical generating film, The radical generating film on the first substrate faces the second substrate, A liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal and a radical polymerizable compound is filled between the first substrate and the second substrate, thereby producing a liquid crystal cell. 如請求項12之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該第二基板具有自由基產生膜。The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element of claim 12, wherein the second substrate has a radical generating film. 如請求項12之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該第二基板係塗覆有具有單軸配向性之液晶配向膜的基板。According to claim 12, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element, wherein the second substrate is a substrate coated with a liquid crystal alignment film having uniaxial alignment. 如請求項14之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該具有單軸配向性之液晶配向膜係水平配向用之液晶配向膜。The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 14, wherein the liquid crystal alignment film with uniaxial alignment is a liquid crystal alignment film for horizontal alignment. 如請求項12之液晶顯示元件之製造方法,其中,該具有自由基產生膜之第一基板係具有梳齒電極之基板。The method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 12, wherein the first substrate with a radical generating film is a substrate with comb-shaped electrodes.
TW109145046A 2019-12-18 2020-12-18 Method for manufacturing patterned liquid crystal display element TW202130703A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019227946 2019-12-18
JP2019-227946 2019-12-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202130703A true TW202130703A (en) 2021-08-16

Family

ID=76478327

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109145046A TW202130703A (en) 2019-12-18 2020-12-18 Method for manufacturing patterned liquid crystal display element

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2021125327A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20220116219A (en)
CN (1) CN114846397A (en)
TW (1) TW202130703A (en)
WO (1) WO2021125327A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10206834A (en) * 1997-01-22 1998-08-07 Toshiba Corp Liquid crystal display device and its manufacture method
GB2343011A (en) * 1998-10-20 2000-04-26 Sharp Kk A liquid crystal display device
JP4053530B2 (en) 2004-09-14 2008-02-27 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 Zero-plane anchoring liquid crystal alignment method and liquid crystal device
JP2013231757A (en) 2012-04-27 2013-11-14 Lg Display Co Ltd Method of aligning liquid crystal having no anchoring in plane and non-contact liquid crystal aligning method using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP6858495B2 (en) 2016-05-27 2021-04-14 エルジー ディスプレイ カンパニー リミテッド Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device
KR102609041B1 (en) * 2016-11-22 2023-12-01 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device and substrate for liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device assembly
TWI782997B (en) * 2017-06-30 2022-11-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Method for producing liquid display cell, and liquid display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2021125327A1 (en) 2021-06-24
KR20220116219A (en) 2022-08-22
JPWO2021125327A1 (en) 2021-06-24
CN114846397A (en) 2022-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI601757B (en) Liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal alignment agent
TWI782997B (en) Method for producing liquid display cell, and liquid display element
TW202118812A (en) Lateral-electric-field liquid crystal display element, and method for manufacturing lateral-electric-field liquid crystal cell
WO2022030602A1 (en) Liquid-crystal composition, method for producing liquid-crystal display element, and liquid-crystal display element
JP7276149B2 (en) Manufacturing method of zero plane anchoring film and liquid crystal display element
KR102096126B1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TW202130703A (en) Method for manufacturing patterned liquid crystal display element
JP7367674B2 (en) Manufacturing method of zero-plane anchoring film and liquid crystal display element
JP7367673B2 (en) Manufacturing method of zero-plane anchoring film and liquid crystal display element
TWI846705B (en) Method for producing zero plane anchoring film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2022196565A1 (en) Liquid-crystal composition, liquid-crystal display element production method, and liquid-crystal display element
WO2023120726A1 (en) Weak-anchoring liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid cyrstal display element
TW202130704A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, radical generation film and method for producing in-plane switching liquid crystal cell
TW202132412A (en) Radical generation film-forming composition, radical generation film, and method for manufacturing horizontal-electric-field liquid crystal cell
TW202222810A (en) Liquid-crystal composition, liquid-crystal display element production method, and liquid-crystal display element
JPWO2019244821A5 (en)
JPWO2019244820A5 (en)